Efofex Help
Efofex Help
© 2017 Efofex Software
2
2
Efofex Software
PO Box 189 Claremont WA 6910 Australia
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.efofex.com
Efofex Help
User's Guide
by Efofex Software
Efofex Help
© 2017 Efofex Software
All rights reserved. No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means  graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or information storage and retrieval systems  without the written permission of the publisher.
Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and/or registered trademarks of the respective owners. The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks.
While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions, or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it. In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document.
Efofex Help
Table of Contents
Part II Introducing Efofex Cloud
1 Creating, Editing and Using Graphics
Editing Someone Else's Graphic
Can Someone Else Mess Up My Graphic?
Using the Deprecated OLE System
Using OLE Graphics in Word for WIndows
Adding The Graphics Programs (OLE) to Word
Using The Graphics Programs (OLE) in Microsoft Word
Using OLE Graphics In Other Products
Moving From OLE To Efofex Cloud
Converting All Images In a Document
Converting All Images In a Folder
Moving From Connections to Efofex Cloud
Converting All Images In a Document
Geometrically Aware Drawing (GAD)
© 2017 Efofex Software
I
Efofex Help
Changing The Font For All Selected Objects
Line Defined By Mid Point and End Point
Line Defined By Three Points (Ray)
Line Defined By Four Points (Extended Line)
Line Defined By Start Point, Rise and Run
Line Defined By Start Point, Length and Angle
Adding Regularly Spaced Points To Lines
II
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Triangles, Polygons and Smoothed Lines
Angle Tools  Marks and Protractors
Specialized Mathematical Tools
III
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
How Do I Change a Figure's Properties?
What Is The Most Underutilized FX Draw Feature?
How Do I Change a Figure's Default Properties?
Why Is There an Equation Tool?
How Do I Draw Network Diagrams Easily?
Why Do I End Up With a Small Mess When I Use The Graph Tool?
How Do I Draw More Than One Function On A Graph?
Can FX Draw Draw Piecewise Defined Functions?
What is the Difference Between Out Of Range Arrows and High/Low End?
How Does the Direction of Drawing Affect the Gallery Images?
How Do I Save My Own Graphics To a Gallery?
How Can I Remember The Greek Letter Codes?
IV
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Does The Equation Tool Balance Brackets?
How Do I Enter An Ordered Pair?
How Do I Stop the Equation Tool From Formatting Something?
How Do I Enter a Degrees Sign?
Clearing Clicks, Rotations and Reflections
Allowing for Unbonded Electron Pairs
Equation and Structure Options
My Structure is Not Formatted Correctly!
1 Creating, Editing and Using Equations
Using OLE Equations in Word for WIndows
Adding The Equation Programs (OLE) to Word
Using The Equation Programs (OLE) in Microsoft Word
V
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Using OLE Equations In Other Products
Native Office Equations (OMML)
My Equation is Not Formatted Correctly!
Does FX Equation Balance Brackets?
How Do I Enter An Ordered Pair?
How Do I Enter a Degrees Sign?
Can FX Chem Balance Equations?
My Equation is Not Formatted Correctly!
VI
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
VII
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
2 B  Statistics Tool Reference
Copying Statistics to Clipboard
Editing Graph Properties/Options
Specific Graph Type Properties
VIII
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Pie Graph and Divided Bar Graph
Fibonacci(first, second number)
Group(column, number) / GroupN(column, number)
Normal(column) / NormP(column)
Predict(column1, column2, regtype) / PredictY()
PredictX(column1, column2, regtype)
RandBernoulli(probability,number)
IX
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
RandBinomial(attempts,probability,number)
RandChiSquared(degrees, number)
RandGeometric(probability,number)
RandHyperGeometric(select,total,success,number)
RandNegBinomial(successes, probability, number)
RandLognormal(mean, sd, number)
RandPoisson(successes, number))
Residual(column1, column2, regtype) / ResidualY( )
ResidualX(column1, column2, regtype)
SortCol(column) / SortColA(column)
Tribonacci(first, second, third, number)
Inverse Trigonometric Functions
3 C  Function Graph Tool Reference
Important Points About Function Entry
Point Functions (Cartesian & Polar)
X
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help XI
Greatest Integer Functions, Sgn Functions and Piecewise Defined Functions
Moving Around The Plane Using The Keyboard
Inequations & Feasible Regions
Half Planes or Feasible Region
Using Your Mouse to Create Integrals
Integration with One Function Graphed
Integration with Two (or More) Functions Graphed
Editing Integrals With a Mouse
Approximations To The Integral
Volumes of Solids of Revolution
Using Your Mouse to Create Tangent Lines
Selecting Tangent/Secant Lines
Moving a Tangent / Secant Line With Your Mouse
Editing a Tangent / Secant Line
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help XII
Where Do The Entries Come From?
2 Installing Efofex Products on Your Computer (Basic)
4 Installation Notes (Windows)
Integrating Efofex Products into Word (Windows)
6 Installation Notes For Network Administrators
Silent Installs (Command Line Interface)
Registering Large Numbers of Computers
Using a License Server (Deprecated)
7 Registration Code is Accepted but is Then Immediately "Forgotten"
Detecting A Connectivity Issue
Benefits of Allowing A Connection
Registering Without A Connection
Registering Multiple Windows Computers Without A Connection
Using Efofex Cloud Without A Connection
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3 Some Digital Certificates Have Expired
4 Toolbars Buttons Not Appearing
Toolbar Buttons Not Appearing (All Mac Users)
Toolbar Buttons Not Appearing (Office 2007 and later)
Our Products Reporting That Windows Files Are Missing
6 Cannot Find Efofex ID in Graphic
Simple Graphics In Word (Windows)
3 Full Site Licence / Subscription
4 Distribution Licence / Subscription
5 Personal Use Perpetual License (Deprecated)
7 Website Terms of Service Agreement
Index
XIII
491
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help About Efofex Software
1
2
About Efofex Software
Efofex Software was formed in 1989 to provide software tools for mathematics and science teachers that allowed them to create the graphics that they need to create for their work. We provide tools that allow you to create just about any graphic required by a mathematics teacher as well as high productivity tools for chemistry teachers.
Our products first started as tools to produce graphics for insertion into Word documents that were later printed. As the teaching profession has started embracing technology, our focus has changed to producing graphics for use in just about any context, as well as providing a dynamic mathematical environment that can be used for student investigation and teacher demonstration.
We are a proud Australian company providing high quality software to teachers and students around the world.
Efofex Software
PO Box 189
Claremont WA 6910
Australia
Email:
Voice:
Fax: [email protected]
+61 8 9200 5044
+61 8 9200 5674
Facebook: Efofex Facebook
Instagram: Efofex Instagram
Introducing Efofex Cloud
Efofex Cloud is a new way of using and editing Efofex graphics. This video gives you a quick introduction to the changes we have made.
1
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Introducing Efofex Cloud 2
Introduc ing Efofex Cloud
In Summary:
The information used to define your graphics is no longer stored in separate files or inside your Word Document. It is stored in a database on your computer.
The contents of the database are automatically backed up to the cloud.
Graphics are automatically downloaded onto any computer you log in to your account.
All graphics are given an invisible ID that can be used to download the information used to create the graphic.
You can use your graphics in any location and edit them later  providing the graphics are not significantly modified by the location.
3 Graphics Tools
3.1
Creating, Editing and Using Graphics
The main aim of our products is to produce graphics that can be inserted into other documents and platforms. Things like wordprocessors, presentation tools and websites.
The problem with this is that it creates a separation between the graphic (the "picture") and the data that has been used to create the graphic, and might be needed later on to allow you to edit the graphic.
In the early days of Efofex products the main game in town was inserting graphics into
Word documents on Windows computers and our products evolved to address this need.
Luckily, Word for Windows has a technology designed specifically to allow you to include the data for the graphic inside the document itself. It is a very neat technology (officially called OLE) and is (mostly) very user friendly. Unfortunately, it does come with a number of major problems:
It is only useful on Windows.
It only works properly on Microsoft products (and not even all of them!)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
It is "fragile" and might stop working at any time.
It requires modifications to your copy of Word to allow it to work efficiently.
The new Efofex Cloud versions of our programs allow you to keep using the old OLE system if you wish, but introduces a totally new way of using the graphics products that is much more powerful and useful.
It works on any platform (Mac and Windows, Google Docs, Moodle  in fact just about anywhere you might want graphics)
It is robust
Your data is automatically backed up to the cloud and synced with any computers you use.
No integration with Word (or any other program) is necessary.
For those of you who have been using our "Connections" system on a Mac computer  it is much the same process, with all of the kinks and inconveniences worked out.
If you are using OLE, we STRONGLY recommend that you move over to using the Efofex Cloud system.
Efofex Cloud completely replaces the Connections system that we introduced with our Mac versions
Using the Deprecated OLE System
3.1.1
Using Efofex Cloud
The basic process for creating a graphic using Efofex Cloud enabled versions of our products is simple.
Start the program from the Start menu/task bar or dock (NOT from inside Word).
Create a graphic
Press the green checkmark button
Paste it into your desired location
Editing a graphic is also simple.
Copy the graphic you want to edit to the clipboard.
Switch to the drawing program (eg. FX Draw).
FX Draw will automatically find and load the data that goes with the graphic so you can edit it.
When you have finished, press the green checkmark button.
Paste the new version into your desired location.
3
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
Take a quick look at this video which shows the basic processes in action.
4
3.1.1.1
Usernames
When you first use one of the graphics programs, you may be asked for a username.
You will be asked for a username if you are using a Full Site or Distribution license. The username does NOT have to be unique and your initials will usually be a suitable choice.
You should use the same user name on every computer you use.
The username is used to divide up graphics created under the same license. If we did not have usernames, all graphics created under one license would be copied to all computers.
This might mean that your computer is storing images created by dozens or even hundreds of other users. This creates a lot of unnecessary movement of information and
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
storage of data.
If you use the same username on every computer you use, all of your graphics will be automatically synced between all of the computers. This makes moving your documents and graphics between computers trivial.
3.1.1.2
Private Or Public
Every graphic you create can be public or private. You can set a graphic to be public or private using this button.
5
You can also set a graphic's public/private setting in the graphic properties screen.
By default, all graphics are public. This means that ANYONE with a copy of the graphic will be able to make a copy of the data and edit it for themselves (note that NO ONE can
EVER edit YOUR copy of a graphic, regardless of this setting). This is not as permissive as it might first seem and is actually very similar to the old OLE graphics which always had the data embedded in them. Do not be afraid of making a graphic public!
If you make a graphic private, only your license will be able to edit it. This means that you, or any colleagues using the same license, can edit it. Other license holders will be told that the graphic has been marked as private.
3.1.1.3
Editing Someone Else's Graphic
Editing someone else's graphic is almost identical to editing your own. You copy the graphic to the clipboard and switch to the Efofex program. If the graphic has an ID, the program will first search for the data in the local database. As this will be someone else's graphic, the data will not be held locally and your computer will send a request to our servers to see if the data can be found in the cloud. If the data exists, our servers will send it back.
This all takes a little time so loading the graphic will be slower. The Efofex product will make sure that you are kept up to date with progress.
Once you have edited the graphic, a new ID will be created and the new graphic becomes
"yours". The data will be stored locally and all future loading will be much faster.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.1.1.4
Can Someone Else Mess Up My Graphic?
No.
Never.
In fact not even you can mess up a graphic as every version of the graphic has its own ID.
This is because Editing Creates a New Graphic. This means that no one can ever mess up your data.
6
3.1.1.5
History
Every Efofex product now has a history of the last three months of your graphics. Every time you create or edit a graphic, it will be recorded in the history. This makes it easy to go back to an earlier version of a graphic or find that perfect graphic that you created a few weeks ago.
You access the graphic history screen by pushing this button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 7
Double click on the desired graphic to open it
3.1.1.6
Graphics Properties
All graphics have extra properties that can be accessed using the graphic properties button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 8
The graphic properties screen allows you to turn off public sharing of the graphic. You can also add a topic description and a link. Topic descriptions are currently supported but have no function within the software (we do have plans for this in the future). Links are a more important addition.
If you put a valid web link into the Link box, the program will show an extra button.
Pushing this button will load the web page that the link points to.
We will be using the link to provide videos on how to draw the diagram in the graphic. You might use them to link to source data or a description of problem you are solving. The uses are endless.
3.1.1.7
The Invisible ID
We keep saying that every graphic has an "Invisible ID" but you might be asking what the
ID is and what it looks like.
The products will show you the ID sometimes. For example, when a graphic is first loaded, its ID will be shown for a short period of time.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
It is also shown in the History screen if you hover over a graphic.
9
Normally you will never have to deal with these ID's but they are how Efofex keeps track of each individual graphic.
The ID's are encoded into an almost invisible set of colors that are added to edge of images. These colors are not visible on most screens and printers will not print them. They are basically invisible. In this example we have made the colors visible so you can see what is going on.
When a graphic is loaded into an Efofex product, it finds these colors and decodes them back to an ID which it then uses to find the data behind the graphic. The ID's are encoded four times, once along each edge, which makes the system extremely robust.
3.1.1.8
Potential Problems
It is possible that the invisible ID can be stripped from a graphic. This can happen in one of three ways.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 10
1.
2.
3.
The graphic is cropped so that the ID is removed.
The graphic is modified so that the ID's are damaged.
The image is compressed which will remove the ID.
In the vast majority of cases the graphic is returned to our products intact and these issues do not occur.
3.1.2
Using the Deprecated OLE System
Efofex has used OLE for over 25 years and it is very popular with users (despite the issues that can occur). If you decide to continue using the OLE system, any graphics you create with Efofex Cloud versions of our products will be tagged with and ID and have their data saved to the database automatically. This will greatly assist any later change to using the full Efofex Cloud system.
3.1.2.1
Using OLE Graphics in Word for WIndows
3.1.2.1.1 Adding The Graphics Programs (OLE) to Word
The most efficient way to use the OLE graphics in Word (Windows only) is to integrate the products with Word. This adds an Efofex toolbar to your Word ribbon that makes inserting new graphics easy.
To integrate with Word, start one of the graphics programs and then go to the Help menu.
Select Integrate Efofex Products into Word. Integration is automatic.
You will need to restart Word and you will then see a new Efofex tab on your ribbon bar.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 11
The buttons insert a new graphic into your document.
3.1.2.1.2 Using The Graphics Programs (OLE) in Microsoft Word
Creating a Graphic
· Push the appropriate toolbar button
·
· Generate your graphic.
Click the Green tick
When you insert a graphic object into your document, the selected graphics program will start and you can use it in the same way you use it as a standalone program. The only real difference is how you return to Word.
The green tick will return your image to Word showing all changes you have made. The red cross returns to Word without any changes being updated.
Once you have finished drawing your structure, push the appropriate button to return to
Word.
Editing
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 12
To edit an existing graphic, double click on the graphic in your Word document.
3.1.2.2
Using OLE Graphics In Other Products
Quite a few products support OLE graphics. To insert an OLE graphic into your program, look for the "Insert Object" option and insert an FX Draw, FX Graph, FX Stat or FX
ChemStruct object.
Support for OLE is patchy and often changes between versions of software. We cannot guarantee that any particular usage you make of OLE graphics will be supported in future versions of the software you insert the graphics into.
3.1.3
Moving From OLE To Efofex Cloud
3.1.3.1
Should I Change?
Yes.
OLE is old, buggy and Microsoft might decide to cease support at any time. Moving from
OLE to Efofex Cloud is an investment in the future. There is almost no downside to Efofex
Cloud. It is different to OLE but basically achieves the same result.
Having said that, OLE will be familiar to many people and we are certain that many will choose to keep on using it. If your workload is largely restricted to using our products in
Word, on a Windows machine then this makes sense. For ANYBODY else, moving to Efofex
Cloud is the only practical choice.
Efofex Cloud products are designed to make the transition away from OLE as easy as possible, whether you choose to do it now or some time in the future. Every time you edit an OLE graphic, Efofex Cloud will tag the new image with an ID and save its data to the database. This is all invisible to the user, but will make transitioning to Efofex Cloud trivial in the future.
3.1.3.2
Converting One Image
To move one image to Efofex Cloud, just edit it by doubleclicking on it and then press the green check mark. This will create a new image which has an embedded ID and the image's data will be automatically added to the database. This means that you, or anyone else, will be able to edit the image later on without using OLE.
3.1.3.3
Converting All Images In a Document
The Windows versions of our products have the capability to extract each OLE image in a document and replace the image with an image tagged with an ID. This process is automatic.
1.
Open the document you wish to convert in Word.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
2.
3.
Open the Efofex product (usually FX Draw).
Choose Convert OLE Graphics in Word Document
Graphics Tools 13
FX Draw will automatically convert all OLE graphics in the currently active Word document.
WARNING: This process can be slow for documents with lots of graphics
The new graphics are still OLE objects but now have an ID and an entry in the database.
This means that anyone can edit the graphic, on any platform.
3.1.3.4
Converting All Images In a Folder
The Windows versions of our products have the capability to extract each OLE image in a folder of Word documents and replace the images with images tagged with an ID. This process is automatic.
1.
2.
Open the Efofex product (usually FX Draw).
Choose Convert OLE Graphics in A Folder
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 14
FX Draw will automatically convert all OLE graphics in any Word documents in the selected folder.
WARNING: This process can be extremely slow for documents with lots of graphics or large numbers of documents. The number of documents that can be converted in one action is limited to 100.
The new graphics are still OLE objects but now have an ID and an entry in the database.
This means that anyone can edit the graphic, on any platform.
3.1.4
Moving From Connections to Efofex Cloud
3.1.4.1
Should I Change?
Yes. Connections are no longer supported. The Efofex Cloud system is SIMILAR to
Connections but is far superior to the older system.
3.1.4.2
Converting All Images In a Document
The two biggest problems with the Connections system were:
1.
You had a second data file that you needed to keep with your document. This created a management issue if the two files became separated.
2.
The system could not always match an image with its data.
These two flaws also conspire to make moving from Connections to Efofex Cloud a little more difficult.
The only way to move systems is to:
1.
Open the data file in the Efofex product. This will automatically load all of the images and save them to the database.
2.
You need to replace each image in your document with a new image generated in the Efofex product. This is to ensure that the images have an ID that Efofex Cloud can use later on.
3.2
FX Draw
FX Draw is the mathematics teachers' drawing program. The aim is to provide mathematics teachers with a tool that can draw any required mathematical diagram with a minimum amount of input from the teacher. FX Draw provides specialised tools for drawing angles, graphs, normal distribution curves, Venn diagrams and right triangles and also comes supplied with a gallery of over three hundred pre drawn diagrams. FX Draw provides a quick and easy solution to your diagramming needs.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
FX Draw lets you draw images like this (as a tiny example of its capabilities) and much more, quickly and easily.
15
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 16
3.2.1
Basic FX Draw Concepts
3.2.1.1
Select & Draw
FX Draw operates in the same way as any drawing package you may have already had experience with. First select the tool you wish to draw with, then draw on the canvas.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 17
The light blue grid on the canvas will not print in your final graphic, it is a background grid which makes drawing easier.
3.2.1.2
Drawing With A Mouse
People have described drawing with a mouse as being something akin to drawing with a brick. This is one of the main problems associated with drawing graphics on a computer.
FX Draw's Geometrically Aware Drawing system makes drawing mathematical diagrams easy.
After you have selected the tool you wish to use on the canvas, drawing is accomplished by holding down the left mouse button while moving the mouse. The desired figure will fill the rectangle created by the starting point of the mouse and the current position. For most people this is natural as long as they remember that you must hold down the mouse button to draw.
3.2.1.3
A First Look
FX Draw is a comprehensive mathematical drawing package so it is not surprising that the
FX Draw screen is fairly complex.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 18
We will be looking at all of the different settings available in later sections of this document. For the moment we want to bring your attention to the main sections of the
FX Draw screen.
The Main Drawing Toolbar  is the source of all the different tools that you can use to draw in FX Draw. There are over 50 buttons in this toolbar but you can only see 14 at any one time. We will discuss how to access the others in a later section.
The Drawing Canvas is where most of the action will occur.
Zoom lets you zoom in and out of your drawing.
Line style, thickness and colour let you control the lines in your drawing. Fill Style and
Colour lets you change the colour of any shading.
3.2.1.4
The Main Drawing Toolbar
The main drawing toolbar gives you access to all of the different tools FX Draw provides.
There are so many tools that we have had to hide some of them!
Most tools on this toolbar have other tools hiding behind them. Tools with other tools
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
hiding behind them have a little down arrow next to the tool.
19
To access the extra tools, click on the down arrow
If I select the ruler tool, the main drawing toolbar will change to.
and I can now draw rulers on the drawing canvas.
3.2.1.5
Geometrically Aware Drawing (GAD)
FX Draw implements Geometrically Aware Drawing (GAD) – but what does it mean?
Traditionally, drawing packages had a grid of points that the mouse jumped to while
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
drawing. That allowed you to align figures that were based on lines but made it very difficult to do anything with curves or points of intersection. FX Draw rectifies this problem. While FX Draw still has a grid, it also knows a lot about geometry.
For example.
20
Drawing this diagram in most drawing packages is a difficult proposition. Not only do you need to draw a line that is tangential to a circle, but you also need to draw on the correct point of the first circle so that the line is tangential to both!
Drawing the diagram with FX Draw is almost trivial:
First, draw the two circles.
Second, place the cursor NEAR a point on one circle that would be the end of a line that is tangential to both.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 21
When you are somewhere close, FX Draw will graphically show you what it has found. It will also add a message to the status bar at the bottom of the screen to tell you what it has found.
"Tangent to both circles"
If you start to draw the line now, it will automatically begin at the appropriate point.
Finally, move to the other circle, look for the same message and the line is drawn.
We have drawn in the other three possible tangent lines. All are found automatically by
FX Draw.
That is the crux of GAD. FX Draw automatically jumps to points which are of geometrical
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 22
interest. It is "aware" of a wide variety of geometrical points and relationships.
The Grid
Underneath all drawings there is a grid. In the absence of any other significant points FX
Draw will automatically jump to the nearest grid point (unless the grid is disabled.)
All Figures
FX Draw will automatically jump to a point on a figure in preference to a grid point. This makes it easy to draw something that starts or finishes ON a circle for example. Points of geometrical interest are more "attractive" than points on a figure.
Lines
FX Draw considers the end points, mid point, third points and quarter points to be important points on a line. FX Draw will also preferentially draw perpendiculars and parallels to existing lines. It will also preferentially make lines the same length or which bisect existing angles.
Circles
The centre point and points on the circumference are attractive points to FX Draw. FX
Draw will also draw lines that pass through the centre of the circle and are tangential to the circle. FX Draw can also determine tangents to two circles as shown previously.
Arcs
The end points and centre of arcs as well as the arc's centre of curvature are tracked as geometrically important points.
Points of Intersection
Points of intersection between figures are attractive to FX Draw. FX Draw can find points of intersection for most figures including lines, circles, arcs, ellipses and Bezier curves.
Most figures have geometrically important points. We have not listed all of them here.
Most importantly, the points are found automatically for you and the system tells you exactly what it is finding at all times.
3.2.1.6
Using GAD
This is the easy part. All you have to do is make sure that GAD is turned on and the GAD system will always keep you informed about what it has found.
3.2.1.7
Changing the GAD Level
Geometrically Aware Drawing is a wonderful tool but it does have some problems. Firstly, sometimes you might not want to use it because it does suit your purpose. You might like to use just the grid or you may even wish to turn off GAD entirely. The second problem with GAD is that it is computationally intensive, so intensive that it can eventually bring even the most powerful computer to a standstill if you have enough figures on the screen.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 23
To overcome these problems, FX Draw has four levels of GAD available.
No GAD FX Draw uses the mouse position for all actions
Grid Only
Limited GAD
(Default)
"Infinite"
GAD
FX Draw draws everything to the underlying grid with no geometric analysis.
FX Draw determines geometrically important points and relationships but as the number of figures increases, the range of things determined is reduced. For example, after there are more than 15 figures, FX Draw does not calculate points of intersection. This option allows for extensive use of GAD without the computational limit problems.
Sometimes you will want to use GAD regardless of the computational cost. With this option, FX Draw will calculate all geometrically important points and relationships regardless of the number of figures in the diagram
The GAD level is selected using the GAD toolbar
3.2.1.8
Overriding GAD
Sometimes you will want to override the GAD system for just a moment. Perhaps you wish to use a grid point that is too close to an existing figure and the GAD system will not let you use it. You can override the GAD system at any time by using the Shift or Ctrl key while you are moving the mouse.
Shift FX Draw will use a grid point and will ignore any geometrically important points.
Ctrl FX Draw will not use any geometrically important or grid points. It will use the raw mouse position.
3.2.1.9
GAD Links
3.2.1.9.1 What are GAD Links?
Your first contact with GAD Links will occur when you select some figures and the selection squares will be different colours. What is going on? In short, GAD Links give
GAD a memory.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 24
The colours represent relationships that the user has used when creating the diagram.
Line 1 was drawn first. Neither end was linked to anything else  so both ends are green, free to move.
Line 2 was drawn second. We started on the midpoint of line one and moved out to a point on the perpendicular. Line 2 is locked onto the midpoint  a fixed point at one end
(red = locked to a point) and locked onto a relationship  the perpendicular (amber = restricted to a relationship).
In Line 4, the right hand point is restricted to being parallel to line 3.
The colours give you some indication of what is going on  but what's the point?
When you move the first line, the second line moves too  to maintain the relationship.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 25
We have moved Line 1 and Line 2 has remained attached to the midpoint and on the perpendicular.
GAD Links make FX Draw much "smarter" but also allow you to construct complicated geometric relationships that changed dynamically. Combine this with dynamic annotations
(oops, haven't mentioned those yet) and you have a powerful geometry canvas that takes almost no training to use.
3.2.1.9.2 Breaking GAD Links
Imagine you have drawn the following diagram and FX Draw has created GAD Links for the figures as you have drawn them.
The second line is linked to the first and will move around with it. You can break this link in two ways.
1.
Move the point. For example, if I pick up the red point and move it, the GAD Link to the midpoint will be broken. FX Draw will not break the link until you have moved the point quite a distance however!
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 26
FX Draw keeps the perpendicular relationship but lets you move the end of the line from the midpoint.
You can move this end point to another geometrically interesting point if you want the whole time FX Draw will keep the other relationship current.
2.
figure
You can also break ALL of the links for a figure without moving it at all. Select the and press the Break GAD Links button
This will break any GAD links for all selected figures.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 27
3.2.1.10 Figure Information
FX Draw provides much more information about the figures you are drawing. To view this information: draw the figure; click on it to select it and then let your mouse cursor sit near the figure for half a second. Most figures will display a yellow box with relevant information.
For example: Below I have drawn a triangle using the triangle tool.
The information presented depends on the figure selected.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 28
3.2.1.11 Creating Annotations
An annotation is a text box that is attached to a figure and is dynamically updated with the information about that figure.
When you change the figure, the annotation automatically updates.
Annotations are based on the figure information we discussed in the previous lesson.
Whatever is displayed as figure information will be added as an annotation.
Creating an annotation is easy.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Draw the figure
Select just the figure you wish to annotate.
Let the mouse hover over the figure until figure information is displayed.
Right click.
Normally, when you right click you will edit the properties of the currently selected figure.
If the figure is displaying its information, you will instead be offered the choice of either
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
adding an annotation or editing the properties.
Graphics Tools 29
Choose Add Annotation and an annotation will automatically be attached to the figure.
3.2.1.12 Editing Annotations
Editing annotations is just like editing any other figure in FX Draw  you right click on them.
The Annotation toolbar will pop up.
The Annotation Text allows you to control the text in the annotation. This information produces this annotation
Annotations are dynamic so FX Draw uses parameters rather than just raw text. The parameters available for the current figure can be seen by pushing the Parameters button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 30
All parameters start with a $ sign and each figure has its own parameters. There are often more parameters than are displayed in the figure information.
$u, $su and $cu are standard parameters available for all figures. They allow you to add linear units, square units and cubic units to any annotation.
In this area you can also control background colors for the annotation rectangle as well as the style of anchor lines and rectangle borders.
Annotation text is interpreted using our FX Autoquate technology and editing annotations is similar to our normal text boxes.
Move with Point controls whether the annotation moves when the point it is attached to moves. Usually it is turned on so the annotation follows things around the screen.
Sometimes, particularly when animating graphs, the annotation will jump around the screen as the point moves. Turning this option off allows you to lock the annotation in one place.
3.2.1.13 The Toolbars
3.2.1.13.1 Show Grid Button
The show grid button determines whether FX Draw shows the background grid. It does not have any effect on whether FX Draw uses the grid. FX Draw automatically removes the background grid when some figures (a function graph for example) are drawn. This is to prevent confusion between the grid of graph and the background grid.
3.2.1.13.2 Isometric Grid Button
Pushing the Isometric Grid button has three effects:
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 31
1.
2.
3.
The background grid is switched from Cartesian to isometric.
The size of the background grid is doubled (usually from 5 mm to 10mm)
GAD is turned off so that the background grid is dominant.
These three changes put FX Draw into a state that is ideal for drawing isometric diagrams.
3.2.1.13.3 Autopoint Button
FX Draw has the ability to automatically add points to geometric diagrams. The points are automatically generated as you draw geometric figures such as lines and circles.
Obviously this is not always what is required. The Autopoint button controls this feature of FX Draw.
3.2.1.13.4 Zoom Toolbar
Autopoint O n
Autopoint O ff
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 32
The zoom toolbar controls the level of zoom used by FX Draw. Most users find leaving the zoom level at about 200% allows to to create diagrams for Word that are not too big.
3.2.1.13.5 Line Type Toolbar
The line type toolbar lets you control the style, thickness and colour of lines that make up your image.
The first drop down menu lets you pick the style of line you wish to use. You can choose between solid, dotted, dashed and a mixture of dashes and dots.
The second drop down menu allows you to set the thickness of the line drawn. The line tool uses points as its standard measurement. A point is one 72th of an inch.
You can enter ANY measurement in the line thickness using any of FX Draw's supported units (cm, mm, pt and ")
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 33
The final button allows you to choose the color of the line.
If a figure is selected, the line type toolbar will show the line settings for that figure and allows you to change them. If there are no figures selected then the line type toolbar will show the current default line settings that any NEW figure will be created with.
3.2.1.13.6 Fill Type Toolbar
You can change the type and colour of the fill used to draw a figure using the fill type toolbar. When you first draw a figure, it will be drawn using the currently selected fill type and colour. You can also change the fill type of the currently selected figure using the same toolbar. You have the choice of solid colour or six types of hatching. Note that the light grey/white checkerboard pattern is used to represent No Shading or Transparent.
You can select a figure's fill colour by pushing the colour button.
The transparency/opacity slider allows you to control the transparency of some shading in particular shading of closed shapes such as circles, rectangles and polygons. The following diagrams show the effects of different transparencies  using the same colours each time.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 34
3.2.1.13.7 GAD Level Toolbar
The GAD Level Toolbar allows you to control the Geometrically Aware Drawing calculations performed by FX Draw ranging from none up to full GAD regardless of the number of figures. Most of the time you will leave it set to the default level (shown).
No GAD
Grid Only
FX Draw uses the mouse position for all actions
FX Draw draws everything to the underlying grid with no geometric analysis.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
Limited GAD
(Default)
"Infinite"
GAD
FX Draw determines geometrically important points and relationships but as the number of figures increases, the range of things determined is reduced. For example, after there are more than 15 figures, FX Draw does not calculate points of intersection. This option allows for extensive use of GAD without the computational limit problems.
Sometimes you will want to use GAD regardless of the computational cost. With this option, FX Draw will calculate all geometrically important points and relationships regardless of the number of figures in the diagram
3.2.1.13.8 Break GAD Links Button
35
The first button breaks any GAD links for the selected figure  this means that it is no longer dependent on other figures. For example, in the diagram below, the selected line starts at the midpoint of the other line and is locked to the perpendicular. That is why its selection squares are red (locked to point) and amber (locked to a relationship).
If I select and move the first line, the linked line will automatically moved to maintain its dependencies.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 36
This behaviour is great but sometimes you will want the line to stay where it is. To do this, select the line and push the break links button.
Note that the line's end points have turned green  they are now totally unlinked and moving the first line will not affect the selected line.
3.2.1.13.9 Lock Button
The lock button lets you lock figures in place so that they cannot be moved accidentally.
If you have spent ages carefully placing a figure in exactly the right spot and want to make absolutely sure that you don't move it accidentally, you now have the option of locking it.
Draw your diagram and select any figures you want to lock.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 37
Now press the lock button and the figure will be locked in place. FX Draw 3 will change the squares to grey to show you that they are locked.
This line is now locked in place and you will not be able to move it at all apart from one important exception  it will still remember and use any GAD Links that were used. Even though you will not be able to directly move the line, it you change the circle, the line will remain tangential.
You can unlock any locked figures by selecting them and clicking on the lock button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.1.13.10 Layout Toolbar
FX Draw draws the figures in the diagram in the same order you initially created them. If you have overlapping figures this means that one figure will be drawn over the top of the other. The layout toolbar allows you to change the drawing order of the figures so that different figures appear on "top of the pile". Each button represents the currently selected figure in green and shows what will happen when the button is pushed.
Bring the currently selected figure to the front.
Send the currently selected figure to the back.
Move the currently selected figure one forward in the drawing order.
Move the currently selected figure one back in the drawing order.
38
3.2.1.13.11 Format Painter Toolbar
The format painter allows you to format one figure exactly as you want and then copy the formatting over to other figures. Format painting is available in a lot of products (such as
Word) and ours works in exactly the same way.
To use the format painter, first format a figure and then select it as shown above.
When the SOURCE figure is selected, press the format painter button
Then click on a DESTINATION figure that you would like the formatting copied on to.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
To format more figures, keep clicking the format painter button and the next figure.
39
The format painter will always copy the line style, line thickness, line colour, fill style and fill colour. The more similar the source and destination figures, the more information is painted across.
3.2.1.13.12 Grouping Toolbar
Allows you to group the currently selected figures or ungroup the currently selected group. A group is just a collection of figures that is treated as one.
3.2.1.13.13 Reflection Toolbar
Allows you to reflect the currently selected figures.
3.2.1.13.14 Subscription Toolbar
The subscription toolbar will only appear if you have subscribed to FX Draw as part of an
FX MathPack subscription.
The subscription toolbar gives the date that the current subscription expires.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.1.14 Control Points
All figures have control points. They are the crucial points that are used to define it. If a figure is selected, its control points will be show as small red, amber or green squares.
Control points allow you to control a figure's shape, size and structure.
40
For example, the diagram above shows a circle defined by three control points. By moving the points, the circle will be redrawn to pass through the three new points.
If you have GAD active while you are drawing, you will find that your control points have different colours. This is explained more fully in
3.2.1.15 Manipulating Figures
3.2.1.15.1 Selecting Figures
To select figures you must first select the selection tool.
Selecting an individual figure
You can select an individual figure by clicking on it once. With most figures you must click on the LINES that figure is comprised of. FX Draw does not usually allow you to select a figure by clicking on the filled areas.
Selecting a number of figures
A group of figures can be selected by sweeping out a selection rectangle. Any figure whose control points are within the rectangle will be selected.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 41
All of the figures except the tangent on the left will be selected by the (dotted) selection rectangle.
Adding or subtracting a figure from your selection
You can add and subtract figures from an existing selection by holding the Ctrl key whilst clicking on a figure. If the figure is not already selected it will be added to the selection. If the figure is already selected, it will be subtracted from the selection. The use of the Ctrl key whilst clicking the mouse allows you to select exactly the figures you require.
If you wish to move a figure, click and hold anywhere within the select region and you can then move the figure anywhere on the canvas.
It is important that you become proficient in selecting, resizing and moving figures and it is worthwhile practising the skill.
3.2.1.15.2 Moving Figures
You must have the selection tool selected to move figures
Moving figures with the mouse
If you click on a figure, it will be selected and will then move with the mouse. If a number of figures are selected and you click on one of them, all of the selected figures will move with the mouse.
Moving figures with the keyboard
Any figures currently selected can be moved with the keyboard. The arrow keys will move the figures in the selected direction.
Holding down an arrow key will move figures 0.25 mm.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
Holding down Ctrl and an arrow key will move figures 1 mm.
Holding down Shift and an arrow key will move figures 0.05 mm.
3.2.1.15.3 Resizing Figures
If you move a figure's control point, the figure will be redrawn to fit the new control points. The result of moving control points depends on the figure.
3.2.1.15.4 Rotating Figures
You can rotate currently selected figures using the keyboard or free rotate using the mouse.
Rotating figures with the keyboard
Ctrl + Pg Up
Ctrl + Pg Dn
Shift + Ctrl + Pg Up
Shift + Ctrl + Pg Dn
Rotates 15° anticlockwise
Rotates 15° clockwise
Rotates 1° anticlockwise
Rotates 1° clockwise
Rotating figures with the mouse
When you select figures, you will usually see a rotate point.
42
Grabbing and moving this will rotate the selected figures.
Not All Figures Are Rotatable!
Sometimes you will notice that the rotate point will not appear. This means that the selected figure is NOT rotatable.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.1.16 Sliders
Graphics Tools 43
Some of the more complicated figures include "sliders" – little grey dots  which appear when the figure is selected. A slider is a convenient way of manipulating some of the properties of a figure. The diagram shows a normal distribution curve. The sliders allow you to visually adjust the shading on the curve. The function of the sliders depend on the figure they are attached to so if you ever see a slider move it (by clicking and holding the mouse button as you move the mouse) and look at the changes. You will find that sliders make many drawing jobs easier.
3.2.1.17 Editing Properties
Most of the figures you will be drawing have many properties that can be changed.
Properties such as the line type and fill type can be changed using the line and fill toolbars.
Some properties may be changed by using the sliders attached to the figure. Mostly, however, you will change a figure's properties by right clicking on the figure.
Most figures, when rightclicked, will create a dialog box that allows you to adjust the properties of the figure. Below is an example of one of those dialogs.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 44
This shows the available properties for an arc. They will be discussed later in the guide.
3.2.1.18 Grid
The grid, shown as a very light grid on the screen, can assist you when drawing figures. FX
Draw will preferentially jump to a grid point unless a geometrically important point is nearby. The grid can help you construct accurate figures.
You can override the GAD system by holding down the Shift key whilst drawing.
You can override the GAD system and the grid by holding down the Ctrl key whilst drawing.
The Tools / Preferences / Grid menu allows you to adjust the properties of the grid. You can choose to display the grid (the default) or to remove the dots from the canvas. You can set the size of the grid and most importantly you can set to grid to Cartesian or isometric. An isometric grid, although a little harder to work with, makes drawing isometric diagrams easy.
You can also set the colour and opacity of the grid. Increase the opacity if you find the grid hard to see.
If the GAD toolbar is set to No GAD, the grid is ignored. This is equivalent to holding down the Ctrl key whilst drawing.
3.2.1.19 Setting Defaults
Many of the tools come set with defaults. Perhaps the tool that you are most likely to want to set using defaults is the arrow line tool.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 45
If you wish to draw this network diagram, you have to create eleven lines and make the start and end points filled in white circles. Because the arrow line defaults to a line with a triangular arrow head, this means drawing eleven lines, selecting them individually and editing their properties to add the white circles OR set the default for the arrow line.
To set a default, you set a line to the desired type and then press the Set to
Default button. Your selected defaults will be saved and used whenever you create another arrow line.
In the example above, the default arrow line was set to
3.2.1.20 Font Management
Most objects in an FX Draw diagram contain some sort of text and every object can have its text rendered in its own font. While this provides enormous flexibility, it does mean that fonts are adjusted (and set as defaults) in many different locations. This can make managing your fonts difficult, particularly if you wish to change the fonts of a large number of objects.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 46
FX Draw provides you with two tools that make the process of managing your fonts much easier
Changing The Font For All Selected Objects
Changing All Default Fonts
3.2.1.20.1 Changing The Font For All Selected Objects
You can change the font for any selected objects using the Edit menu.
Select the objects you wish to change.
Choose "Change Font Of Selected Objects..." from the Edit menu.
Use the window to select a new font.
Using the tool in this mode allows you set a common font family for all items (for example,
I might want everything to be in Times New Roman) without affecting the size of the fonts. You might like to use this to keep titles large and angle marks small, but change the font.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 47
If you also want to change the font size for all selected objects, place a check mark in the
Modify Font Size box and select the font size you wish to use. This new font will be applied to ALL text in the selected objects, including things like titles of graphs. This is not always what you will want to do.
3.2.1.20.2 Changing All Default Fonts
You can change all of the default fonts for all available objects in one place. This will not change the font of any existing objects, only new objects created from the defaults.
Changing the default fonts allows you to easily standardise on one font for all of your diagrams.
Go to the Tools menu and choose Change All Default Fonts...
Use the window to select a new font.
Using the tool in this mode allows you set a common default font family for all items (for example, I might want everything to be in Times New Roman) without affecting the size of the fonts. You might like to use this to keep titles large and angle marks small, but change the font.
If you also want to change the font size for all default fonts, place a check mark in the
Modify Font Size box and select the font size you wish to use. This new font will be applied to ALL text in the objects, including things like titles of graphs. This is not always what you will want to do.
3.2.1.21 Grouping and Ungrouping
When you draw a complicated shape, you will often want to group the figures together to form a single figure. For example, if you have drawn an icosahedron, it is useful to move all components of the graphic as a group rather than individually. The easiest way to achieve this is to "group" the components together. To create a group you should:
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 48
Select all figures you wish to group together.
Choose Group from the Draw Menu OR type Ctrl + G OR push the Group button.
Once grouped together, the group figure behaves in much the same way as any other graphics figure, it can be selected, moved or resized. All the gallery figures that you can select are in fact "groups" of lines, arcs, rectangles etc.
If for some reason you wish to access the individual figures within a group, you can
"ungroup" a figure. To do this you should:
Select the figure to be ungrouped.
Choose Ungroup from the Draw Menu OR type Ctrl + H OR push the Ungroup button.
Because the gallery figures are groups, this gives you the ability to load a gallery figure and modify it to suit your needs. Simply select the figure, ungroup it, and make the modifications you need.
3.2.1.22 Changing the Drawing Order
As you create figures, they are added to a list of figures to be drawn. Every time FX Draw redraws your graphic, it draws them in this drawing order. The diagram below shows the result of different drawing orders.
The Layout Toolbar allows you to change the order figures are drawn and get exactly the result you want.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 49
3.2.1.23 Printing
FX Draw has inbuilt print routines but you will usually use some other application to actually print your graphic. All Windows word processors (including Write) have the ability to use and print FX Draw graphics. Although FX Draw is designed to be used in word processor documents, many other packages can use FX Draw graphics (for example,
Microsoft Excel and Powerpoint)
3.2.1.24 Cut / Copy / Paste
Cut / Copy / Paste works the same way in FX Draw as in any other Windows program. If you wish to cut out a figure and place it on the clipboard or to copy a figure onto the clipboard, all you need to do is to select the figure(s) you wish to operate on, and choose
Edit / Cut (Ctrl + X) or Edit / Copy (Ctrl + C). The selected items are then placed on the clipboard. All items placed onto the clipboard in this way can later be Pasted into FX Draw.
To Paste from the clipboard you can choose Edit / Paste (or Ctrl + V) and a copy of the clipboard contents will be pasted onto the canvas. This copy can then be moved to the required location.
If you simply wish to delete the selected figures, without placing them onto the clipboard, press Del.
3.2.1.25 Undo and Redo
All actions except grouping and ungrouping can be undone. You can undo the last action by choosing Undo from the Edit menu or by typing Ctrl + Z. You can redo the last undone action by choosing Redo from the Edit menu or by typing Ctrl + Y.
FX Draw's undo system is limited only by the available memory. For most editing, you will not find the limits of the undo system and should be able to undo actions indefinitely.
3.2.1.26 Keyboard Shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts can make using FX Draw a quicker experience.
Overriding GAD
Shift grid.
Ctrl
Alt
Ignores Geometrically Important Points and instead jumps to the
Ignores grid and any Geometrically Important Points.
Ignores grid and jumps to any Geometrically Important Points.
Returning to Word
Ctrl + R Returns to Word and updates diagram.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 50
Editing
Ctrl + A
Ctrl + X
Ctrl + C
Ctrl + V
Ctrl + D
Ctrl + Z
Ctrl + Y
Selects all figures.
Cuts selected figures and places them on the clipboard.
Copies the selected figures to the clipboard
Pastes figures from the clipboard
Copies and pastes selected figures
Undo last action
Redo last undone action
Rotating
Ctrl + Pg Up Rotates selected figures 15° anticlockwise
Ctrl + Pg Dn Rotates selected figures 15° clockwise
Shift + Ctrl + Pg Up Rotates selected figures 1° anticlockwise
Shift + Ctrl + Pg Dn Rotates selected figures 1° clockwise
Grouping
Ctrl + G
Ctrl + H
Collects all selected figures into a group figure
Ungroups the selected figure
Drawing Order (Layout)
F6
Shift + F6
Brings selection to the front
Sends selection to the back
Nudging
Up Arrow
Down Arrow
Left Arrow
Right Arrow
Nudges selected figures upward
Nudges selected figures downward
Nudges selected figures to the left
Nudges selected figures to the right
Holding the Shift key decreases the amount the figures are nudged. Holding the Ctrl key increases the amount the figures are nudged.
Resizing Groups
Holding the Shift key whilst resizing a group forces the group to maintain its aspect ratio
(ratio of width to height) so that the group is not distorted.
Drawing Gallery Images
Holding the Shift key whilst drawing a gallery image forces the gallery image to maintain the aspect ratio it was created with. This again ensures that the gallery image is not distorted.
Drawing Figures Based on Rectangles
Many of the figures which are based on rectangles (rectangles, rounded rectangles, Venn
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
diagrams, graphs, grids etc) can be forced to a square by holding the Shift key when creating them.
3.2.1.27 Exporting to Graphics Files
FX Draw can save its images to a variety of graphics formats.
1. Draw your diagram
2. Choose File / Save As from the menus
3. Select whether you want your graphic saved as a SVG file, JPG file, PNG file, TIF file or a BMP file (see below)
51
3.2.1.27.1 What Formats are Offered?
FX Draw can create PNG, TIF, JPG, SVG and BMP format bitmaps. You should normally use the PNG or SVG format. BMP and TIF bitmaps are very large and should only be used if a third party product you need cannot handle PNG style bitmaps. JPG files are best suited to photographs and tend to not produce good results with line drawings.
3.2.2
Tools
3.2.2.1
Select
The select tool allows you to select figures or collections of figures.
If you wish to select a single figure, make sure that the select tool is pushed and click once on the desired figure. It is important to remember that the select region is built around the LINES that make up the figure and not the fill. The selected figure will show its handles so that you can move, resize, cut or copy it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 52
Sometimes you will want to select a collection of figures so that you can move them as a collection, delete them as a collection or actually group them together (see Grouping /
Ungrouping). To select a collection, hold down the mouse button while moving the mouse and a dotted rectangle will appear. Any figure that is totally contained within the dotted rectangle will become part of the collection.
You can add a figure to your selection or subtract a figure from your selection by holding down the Ctrl key while clicking on the figure you wish to add or subtract.
3.2.2.2
The Lines
Why so many lines??
Simply so you will always have the right tool for the job.
The first six buttons on this toolbar all produce lines. Once drawn, they all have the same options.
If you right click on an existing line you be able to access all of the lines properties  and there are lots.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 53
You have a choice of twentyone arrow types for the start, middle and stop arrow. You can also set the size of the arrows, the position of the middle arrow. All of this is shown dynamically on the line at the base of the dialog box.
You can have FX Draw show the length of the line automatically (shown) with or without units. Alternatively you can attach text/equations to the line. You can angle the text.
When set to Automatic, FX Draw will use AutoQuate technology to automatically detect equations.
This can be used to good effect when drawing networks or to indicate measurements.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 54
See
Entering Equations on how to enter equations into FX Draw.
All lines have these options.
Available Parameters for Lines
$start
$stop
$length
$angle
$mid
 start point
 stop point
 midpoint
3.2.2.2.1 Line Defined By End Points
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
The simplest line. The line is defined by its end points.
3.2.2.2.2 Line Defined By Mid Point and End Point
Graphics Tools 55
This line is defined by starting on the midpoint of the line and then moving out to and end point. You might use it to draw the perpendicular bisector of another line for example.
3.2.2.2.3 Line Defined By Three Points (Ray)
The ray tool is mostly used during constructions. You would use it in situations where the line you are drawing is determined by a point that is NOT one of the end points.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 56
When drawing in the angle bisector, you are likely to want to extend the line past the intersection which is a little difficult with the standard line tools. This is a great time to use the ray tool.
The ray tool is easier to use than to describe. To begin with, you draw a line to the intersection. This defines the angle of the line.
Now that you have defined the angle, if you move the mouse you should notice that the line changes length. It is always on the same angle  just the length has changed.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
The line does not even need to be in the same direction.
Click again and your ray will appear.
If we select the ray you will see three selection squares.
Graphics Tools 57
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.2.4 Line Defined By Four Points (Extended Line)
Graphics Tools 58
The extended line allows you to draw a line where the end points of the line are independent of the points defining the direction of a line. For example, if you wish to draw the cotangent of two circles but want the cotangent to extend beyond the circles.
1.
Select the tool,
2.
Draw the line joining the two tangent points just as if you were using the simple
"line defined by end points" tool. This process will determine the direction of the line but we are not finished yet. Next we have to tell FX Draw where to stop and start the line.
3.
Move the mouse to one end of the line you want to draw and click. Then move to the other end of the line and click.
The line will be created with four control points. The two red control points (1) are fixed to the cotangent points and define the direction of the line. The two amber control points (2)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
define the ends of the line. These control points are amber because they are locked onto the line defined by the first two points.
59
3.2.2.2.5 Line Defined By Start Point, Rise and Run
To use this tool, draw a line normally. Once you have released the mouse button, FX Draw will show this dialog box which will show the current rise and run, and allows you to set the exact rise and run you desire.
Enter the rise and run and FX Draw will automatically adjust the line.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.2.6 Line Defined By Start Point, Length and Angle
Graphics Tools 60
To use this tool, draw a line normally. Once you have released the mouse button, FX Draw will show this dialog box which will show the current length and angle, and allows you to set the exact length and angle you desire.
Enter the length and angle and FX Draw will automatically adjust the line.
3.2.2.2.7 Drawing Lines Using Defaults
All FX Draw objects have default settings that you can use to make drawing standard objects easy. For example, when drawing graphs, you can set a default font size on the axes. When drawing rounded rectangles, you can set a default radius for the corners.
Defaults save you time and all objects use their defaults when you first create them.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
Lines have defaults that can be set and setting defaults for lines can be extremely useful.
For example, if you are drawing network diagrams, you can set the default line to be something like this.
61
To set the default, draw a line and right click on it. Set the ends to open circles and press
Set As Default
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
FX Draw also offers a number of preset default lines that you can use to make this process simpler and quicker. Simply select one of the presets from the list and the current default line is automatically set for you.
62
Now every line I draw will have open circles at each end and drawing network diagrams will be simple  at least that is how every OTHER FX Draw object works.
Lines are different.
Lines don't use their defaults unless you specifically tell them to.
The reason for this is that much of the time, you will not want to use the line defaults, you will just want to draw simple lines. Always using the defaults just gets in the way.
To work around this problem, using defaults for lines is toggled by the user. To use defaults, select Use Defaults (D) from the line tools.
Any lines drawn now will use the current defaults. You can turn this off by repeating the process. Alternatively, you can turn line defaults on and off at any time using the D key.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.2.2.8 Adding Regularly Spaced Points To Lines
You can divide any line by adding dividing points to the line.
First select the line, then right click on it and choose Add Dividing Points...
63
Now enter how many parts you wish to divide the line into. You can also choose to add points to the ends of the line.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
The points are attached to the line and will move with it.
Graphics Tools 64
You can also delete the line and the equally spaced points will remain on the canvas.
3.2.2.3
Ruler
The ruler tool lets you quick draw a ruler to demonstrate measurement.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 65
The ruler is slightly offset from the line that defines it. This is so that you can use the ruler to measure a line without the ruler covering up what you are trying to measure. The amount of offset can be changed by right clicking on the ruler and editing its properties.
Height is the height of the ruler. You can set the height of the ruler as low as zero and just use the scale.
Margin controls how much space there is between the edge of the ruler and the beginning of the scale.
Offset controls the amount the ruler is offset from the line it is measuring.
Reversing the scale lets you draw "lefthanded" rulers. Starting the scale at a number apart from 0 allows you to construct number line like rulers.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 66
FX Draw will produce rulers marked in mm, cm, inches and points. The rulers will be true to scale unless you change the scale factor. The scale factor lets you create rulers that are not true to scale if you need to.
3.2.2.4
Dimensions
The Dimension tool allows you to easily add dimensions to any figure.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 67
Adding a dimension is a bit like drawing a line but with one extra step.
1.
2.
Select the Dimension tool
Use the tool to "draw a line" along the edge you wish to measure. You will see the dimension arrows as you draw.
3.
Once you have drawn along the edge, the dimension line will move with mouse so you can adjust how far the dimension line sits from the edge. Once you are happy, click again and the dimension will be added.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 68
By default, the dimension will show the actual measurement of the edge but this can be easily changed. To change a dimension, right click on it.
This screen allows you control how the dimension appears but also allows you to control what text is shown on the dimension. There are two ways of changing the text on the dimension.
1.
You can choose to enter your own text on the line. Change this setting to Show
Text and type whatever you wish to show. You can also decide whether your text is interpreted as plain text or as an equation.
2.
You can enter a global scaling factor which will affect ALL dimensions on the canvas. For example, if you change the scale to 1:250 and change the units to metres, ALL the dimensions in the diagram are scaled.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 69
3.2.2.5
The Circles
There are five different types of circles available in FX Draw. Each of the circle figures has been created to solve a different drawing problem. What makes them different is how the circle's control points are used to define the circle.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 70
When you draw a circle it will be drawn with a default centre mark. You have a choice of seven centre marks and these can be changed by right clicking on the circle. These are the same marks that you can choose as points for the point tool.
Circles can be filled using the fill palette (see Setting Fill Type).
The centre mark for the circle can be set as a default.
When you are drawing diagrams including circles, your choice of circle tool can make a large difference to the ease with which you will draw your diagram.
Available Parameters for Circles
$centre
$radius
$diameter
$circumference
$area
3.2.2.5.1 Centre Radius Circle
The centre & radius circle is defined by the centre of the circle and any point on the circumference. This is the circle tool to use if you know the location of the centre of the circle.
To draw a centre & radius circle, you mark the centre of the circle with your initial click and the point on the circumference when you release the button. Your Centre & Radius
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
circle could extend beyond the bounds of the drawing area. If this occurs, FX Draw will draw as much of the circle as possible.
3.2.2.5.2 Diameter Circle
71
When you are drawing a diameter circle, the two points you define will form a diameter of the circle
To draw a diameter circle, you click and hold the left mouse button – move the mouse to the other end of the diameter and release the mouse button.
3.2.2.5.3 Three Point Circle
Threepoint circles are defined by ANY three points on their circumference. They are ideal for drawing, for example, the circumcircle of a triangle.
To draw a three point circle, just click once on each of the three points.
3.2.2.5.4 Circle in a Square
The four corner circle will draw a circle inscribed in a square region defined by four control points.
To draw a four corner circle, you click and hold the left mouse button – move the mouse to the diagonally opposite corner and release the mouse button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.5.5 Compass Circle
Graphics Tools 72
When you use a compass to draw a circle, you place the point on the centre, set the radius and draw  just like the centre/radius circle that is the first circle tool on our list.
The thing that IS different about using a compass is that with a compass you can keep the same radius to draw more circles.
That is what the Compass Circle tool does. It is a Centre/Radius circle that remembers the radius.
The first time you use the compass circle tool it operates in exactly the same way as the centre/radius tool.
The second and subsequent times, you just click on the centre of the new circle. The compass circle tool remembers the radius and marks the circle.
The compass circle tool will remember the radius for as long as it is selected.
You can force the compass circle tool to reset its radius by: a) b)
Selecting another tool and then reselecting the compass circle tool.
Right clicking on a blank part of the drawing canvas.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.6
The Quadrilaterals
Graphics Tools 73
The quadrilateral tools contain a normal rectangle, an angled rectangle, parallelogram, rhombus, two ways to draw a kit, a trapezium, rounded rectangles and the bitmap tool.
3.2.2.6.1 Rectangle
Rightclicking on one of the sides of a rectangle will allow you to add arrowheads to the middle of the edge. You can also direct the rectangle to divide itself into columns and rows.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 74
Available Parameters for Rectangles
$height
$width
$perimeter
$area
3.2.2.6.2 Angled Rectangle
The angled rectangle tool is very similar to the normal rectangle, the only difference is how it is defined. Angled rectangles are defined by drawing one of the sides (which can be at any angle) and they moving to a third point that defines the height of the rectangle.
The third point need not be on the rectangle.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 75
Rightclicking on one of the sides of a rectangle will allow you to add arrowheads to the middle of the edge. You can also direct the rectangle to divide itself into columns and rows.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Available Parameters for Rectangles
$height
$width
$perimeter
$area
3.2.2.6.3 Parallelogram
Graphics Tools 76
The parallelogram tool makes drawing parallelograms easy. The first line can be any length and direction. The third point defines the parallelogram.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 77
Rightclicking on one of the sides of a parallelogram will allow you to add arrowheads to the middle of the line.
3.2.2.6.4 Rhombus
The rhombus tool allows you to draw a rhombus quickly and easily.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.2.6.5 Kite 1 and Kite 2
The two kite tools provide two slightly different ways of drawing kites.
78
When using the first kite tool, the first line drawn is one of the sides of the kite. The third point defines the kite.
When using the second kite tool, the first line defines the major axis of the kite.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 79
Rightclicking on one of the sides of a kite will allow you to add marks to the middle of the line.
3.2.2.6.6 Trapezium
The trapezium tool allows you to quickly draw a trapezium. Rightclicking on one of the sides of a trapezium will allow you to add marks to the middle of the line.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.6.7 Rounded Rectangle
Graphics Tools 80
The rounded rectangle tool draws unshaded rounded rectangles. The shaded rounded rectangle will draw a rounded rectangle using the currently selected shading.
When a rounded rectangle is selected, you will be able to see a grey, round slider that controls the radius of the rounded corners.
Alternatively you can right click on the rounded rectangle and control the radius explicitly.
Available Parameters for Rounded Rectangles
$height
$width
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
$perimeter
$area
$radius
3.2.2.6.8 Bitmap Tool
Graphics Tools 81
The bitmap tool allows you to place any bitmap into an FX Draw diagram  but you have to supply the bitmap.
1.
Sketch out a rectangle that the bitmap will be placed into.
2.
FX Draw will display a dialog box so you can choose a bitmap.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 82
3.
Select a file and click on Open
Available Parameters for Bitmaps
$height
$width
$xpixels
$ypixels
 width of original bitmap in pixels
 height of original bitmap in pixels
3.2.2.7
Text/Equation Boxes
3.2.2.7.1 Basic Usage
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 83
1.
2.
3.
Select the Automatic Text/Equation Box tool
Click on the drawing canvas where you want the text box to appear.
Start typing!
As soon as you have clicked, the text toolbar will appear at the bottom of the screen. This is where you enter and edit the text you want.
3.2.2.7.2 Text Formatting
The Text toolbar contains basic formatting controls that are similar to those in most word processors.
Select some text and use the controls to change text size, color and formatting.
3.2.2.7.3 Introducing FX Autoquate
You may have noticed something special about our first example  FX Draw had done something special with some of the text we typed.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 84
We call this new technology "FX Autoquate"  a system which looks at what you have typed and automatically finds the bits which should be formatted as equations (using our traditional FX Equation technology). YOU don't have to do anything except type! This new feature can massively improve your productivity when typing mathematics.
FX Autoquate is pretty good and will almost always find the bits that need to be automatically made into equations. Sometimes you will want to override its suggestions.
You can do this by removing the check mark from the Auto box. Once this is removed, you can manually mark which bits of your typing you want interpreted as an equation.
3.2.2.7.4 Manually Marking Equations
When you turn off FX Autoquate, you need to manually mark sections of your text as equations. You do this by marking the text and pressing the 1/x button.
You should notice that Auto is off and the 1/x button is depressed. In the text entry section, the word "equation" has been underlined which is how FX Draw shows you that it is going to interpret that section as an equation. Your should also notice that, on the canvas, the word "equation" has been rather strangely formatted (including replacing io with the Greek letter io).
Manually marking the equations allows you to produce just about anything.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.7.5 Plain Text Boxes
Graphics Tools 85
If you know that what you are about to type definitely should be interpreted as plain text, choose a Text box rather than an automatic text box. What you get is exactly the same, it is just that Auto is turned off and the 1/x button has not been pushed.
This can be particularly useful if you want to type an ordered pair and FX Autoquate keeps turning them into column vectors.
Plain Text boxes can also be useful if FX Autoquate is consistently misinterpreting something you are often typing. PLEASE TELL US if this occurs. We are always looking to improve the accuracy of FX Autoquate!
3.2.2.7.6 Equation Boxes
If you know that what you are about to type definitely should be interpreted as an equation, choose an Equation box rather than an automatic text box. What you get is exactly the same, it is just that Auto is turned off and the 1/x button has been pushed so anything you type will definitely be interpreted as an equation.
A full discussion on how to enter equations using the equation tool is available in
Entering Equations
.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.2.7.7 Equation Toolbar
FX Equation 4 has long had a toolbar to make entering some of the more esoteric equations a bit easier. FX Draw 5 now provides you with the same functionality.
86
Each button provides you with access to FX Equation features. You never HAVE to use the buttons. All equations can be entered solely using the keyboard as discussed in
Enters a degree sign
Allows entry of most mathematical symbols.
Allows entry of lower case Greek letters.
Allow entry of upper case Greek letters.
Allows the creation of many mathematical expressions. Usually the current selection is affected.
Allow for the creation of more complicated mathematical constructs such as limits, integrals and summation.
Allows you to create numbers in circles which are useful for simultaneous equations
Matrices Vectors and Piecewise defined functions
Change the equation options. The equation options are discussed in
3.2.2.8
Point
FX Draw has a tool that allows you to mark and label points in one step.
There are two ways of using the labelled point tool.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
Mark a Point Without Using a Label.
Clicking the left mouse button anywhere on the drawing canvas will mark a point without adding a label.
Mark a Point and Attach a Label
Click and hold the left mouse button on the point you wish to mark and then move the mouse to the location you wish the label to appear.
87
If you add more than one labelled point, the labels will automatically increment.
Editing the Properties of a Labelled Point
Right clicking on a labelled point allows you to edit a point's properties.
Here you can change the style and size of the point mark, as well as changing label and formatting. If you change any label, the automatic increment will start from your new text.
For example, if we change the label from E to P', the next automatically generated labels will automatically be Q', R' and so on.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 88
Labelled points are GAD aware and will automatically move with any underlying geometry.
3.2.2.9
Smooth Lines
3.2.2.9.1 Smoothed Line
The smoothed line tool will smooth a mouse drawn line for you.
Most people have a great deal of difficulty drawing a smooth line with a mouse. The smoothed line tool allows you to produce a smooth line without any mouse drawing skills!
Simply select the smoothed line tool and begin drawing. FX Draw will automatically smooth the line for you.
The smoothed line options are shown in the dialog box below.
You can add arrows to the start, middle and end of the smooth line. You can leave the line as a single line or make it double (like a road) or triple. You can also close the curve. If the curve is closed, it can be filled.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 89
Please note: Finding the middle of the smoothed line is computationally intensive. Having a large number of smoothed lines with middle arrows can dramatically slow down FX
Draw's response.
Available Parameters for Smoothed Lines
$length
3.2.2.9.2 Bezier Curve
A Bezier curve is defined by its two end points and two other points which determine the direction the curve approaches its end points. Mathematically speaking, it is a parametric function where both the x and y functions are cubic polynomials.
Drawing Bezier curves:
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button. This will define End Point 1.
Move the mouse (while holding the button) to End Point 2.
Release the button.
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button. Move the mouse (while holding the button) until you are at Tangent Point 1.
Release the button.
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button. Move the mouse (while holding the button) until you are at Tangent Point 2.
Release the button.
Bezier curves have almost the same properties as a smoothed line. The only difference is that you cannot close the curve.
Available Parameters for Bezier Curves
$length
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.10 Triangles, Polygons and Smoothed Lines
3.2.2.10.1 Triangles
Graphics Tools 90
The triangle tool allows you to draw any triangle.
Rightclicking on one of the sides of a triangle will allow you to add marks to the middle of the line.
Available Parameters for Triangles
$area
$aalt
$balt
$calt
$perimeter
$a
$b
$c
$sa
$sb
$sc
Altitudes
Angle sizes
Side lengths
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.2.10.2 Isosceles Triangles 1 & 2
The isosceles triangles tools provide slightly different ways of drawing isosceles triangles.
91
When using the first isosceles triangle tool, the first line you draw is the base of the isosceles triangle.
When using the second isosceles triangle tool, the first line draw is one of the two congruent sides.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 92
Rightclicking on one of the sides of a triangle will allow you to add marks to the middle of the line.
3.2.2.10.3 Equilateral Triangle
The equilateral triangle tool allows you to quickly draw equilateral triangles.
Rightclicking on one of the sides of a triangle will allow you to add marks to the middle of the line.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.2.10.4 Right Triangles 1 & 2
The right triangles tools provide slightly different ways of drawing right triangles.
93
When using the first right triangle tool, the first line you draw is one of the shorter sides of the right triangle.
When using the second right triangle tool, the first line draw is the hypotenuse.
Rightclicking on one of the sides of a triangle will allow you to add marks to the middle of the line.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.10.5 Polygons
Graphics Tools 94
The polygon tool allows you to draw polygons that may be filled if desired.
When drawing a polygon, click the mouse button at the position you want each vertex to fall. You should hold down the mouse button while moving the mouse, so you will be able to see the side of the polygon being drawn. When you have completed the polygon, right click to end the polygon drawing process. This is most important, a polygon is NOT completed until you RIGHT CLICK.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 95
Editing a polygon is different to most other figures. If you rightclick on a polygon, FX
Draw will add or delete a vertex. If you right click in the middle of a side of the polygon,
FX Draw will display a dialog box that allows you to add a vertex – increasing the number of sides  or to add an arrow to the side.
If you click on an existing vertex, FX Draw will offer to delete that vertex – reducing the number of sides.
Available Parameters for Polygons
$area
$centroid
$perimeter
$anglesum
$s1
$s2
$s3
...
Side lengths
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.10.6 Regular Polygons 1
Graphics Tools 96
This regular polygon tool permits you to draw a regular polygon defined by its centroid and one of its vertices.
Right clicking on the polygon lets you change the number of sides and add arrow heads.
You can draw any regular polygon up to a 30gon
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 97
Available Parameters for Regular Polygons
$sides
$sidelen
$perimeter
$area
$anglesum side length
3.2.2.10.7 Regular Polygons 2
The second regular polygon tool defines a polygon by one of its sides.
This tool shares all of its options with the first regular polygon tool.
Available Parameters for Regular Polygons
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
$sides
$sidelen
$perimeter
$area
$anglesum side length
3.2.2.11 The Ellipses
Graphics Tools 98
FX Draw provides three ellipse tools. As with circles, the tool you choose to draw a particular ellipse depends on what you know about the ellipse you wish to draw. Choosing the correct tool can make your job much easier.
An Axis and a Point on the Ellipse
This form of ellipse is defined by one of its axes (either major or minor) and one other point on the ellipse.
Drawing the ellipse:
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button – this defines one end of the axis.
Move the mouse (while holding the button) to the other end of the axis. While you are moving the mouse, FX Draw will synthesize a third point and show you an ellipse.
Release the button when you are at the second point.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 99
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button and move the mouse to the point on the ellipse.
As you move the mouse, FX Draw will draw an ellipse through your points. Release the button when you are at the third point.
Foci and a Point on the Ellipse
This form of ellipse is defined by its foci and one other point on the ellipse.
Drawing the ellipse:
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button – this defines one focus.
Move the mouse (while holding the button) to the other focus. While you are moving the mouse, FX Draw will synthesize a third point and show you an ellipse. Release the button when you are at the second point.
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button and move the mouse to the point on the ellipse.
As you move the mouse, FX Draw will draw an ellipse through your points. Release the button when you are at the third point.
Four Corners
The four corner circle will draw an ellipse inscribed in a rectangular region defined by four control points. This is how FX Draw V1 defined ellipses and any FX Draw 1 files will load with this type of ellipse.
To draw a four corner ellipse, you click and hold the left mouse button – move the mouse to the diagonally opposite corner and release the mouse button.
Available Parameters for Ellipses
$centre
$majoraxis
$minoraxis
$focus1
$focus2
$circumference
$area
$eccentricity
 length of major axis
 length of minor axis
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.12 The Arcs / Sectors / Segments
Graphics Tools 100
FX Draw provides 4 arc tools  end points and point on the arc; centre and end points, four corner (elliptical) arcs and compass arcs.
Arcs, sectors and segments are all drawn with the same tool. Any arc can be made into a sector or a segment by selecting the options in the properties. As with circles and ellipses, there is more than one way to draw an arc. Once drawn, all arcs share the same properties.
Every arc can have an arrowhead drawn at each end and one in the middle. You can select a mark to show the centre of curvature. On most arcs you can set the rotation and central angle of the arc explicitly. You can choose to draw the arc or its associated sector or segment. Finally, on most arcs you can choose to draw the major or minor arc defined by your control points.
Rotation is measured anticlockwise from a horizontal line pointing to the right. Negative rotations rotate the arc clockwise. The central angle is the angle between the two arms of the arc.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 101
One final major difference between the arc tools is that the four corner tool is the ONLY arc tool that can draw elliptical arcs. The other three tools will always draw circular arcs.
Available Parameters for Arcs
 centre of curvature $centre
$start
$stop
$radius
$length
$sector
$segment
$angle
 area of sector defined by arc
 area of segment defined by arc
 central angle
Available Parameters for Elliptical Arcs
 centre of curvature $centre
$start
$stop
$length
$minoraxis
$majoraxis
$angle
$eccentricity
 length of minor axis
 length of major axis
 central angle
3.2.2.12.1 End Points & Point on Arc
This arc is defined by its two end points and any other point on the arc.
You can draw this arc in two ways.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 102
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button – this determines one end of the arc.
Move the mouse (while holding the button) to the other end of your arc. While you are moving the mouse, FX Draw will synthesize a third point and show you an arc. Release the button when you are at the second point.
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button and move the mouse to a third point on your arc. As you move the mouse, FX Draw will draw an arc defined by your points. Release the button when you are at the third point.
Alternatively you can click three times  once on each point.
3.2.2.12.2 Centre & Two Ends
This arc is defined by its centre of curvature and its two end points.
Drawing The Arc
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button – this defines the centre of curvature.
Move the mouse (while holding the button) to one end of your arc. While you are moving the mouse, FX Draw will draw a light grey circle showing the current radius of the arc.
Release the mouse button when you are on one end of the arc.
Move the mouse  FX Draw will draw the current arc in a darker grey.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 103
Click the mouse button when you are at the other end of the arc.
Minor and Major Arcs
If you select a centre/two ends arc, you will notice that there is an extra point on the arc.
A point you didn't define.
FX Draw automatically generates this point so it can be sure about which side of the arc to shade  the minor or major side. You can move this point and change the side to suit yourself.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.12.3 Four Corner (Elliptical) Arcs
Graphics Tools 104
The four corner arc tool is the ONLY way to draw elliptical arcs. When you first draw a four corner arc, you can force the tool to draw a circular arc by holding down the Shift key as you sweep out the rectangle. In common with many FX Draw tools, holding down the Shift key forces the rectangle you sweep to a square.
As you sweep out a rectangle, FX Draw will show you a light grey ellipse that your arc will fit on.
Release the mouse button and move the cursor to one of the end points of the arc you require. Click and hold the mouse button while moving the mouse button to the other end point.
Release the mouse button to define the arc.
Minor and Major Arcs
If you select a four corner arc, you will notice that there is an extra point on the arc. A point you didn't define.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 105
FX Draw automatically generates this point so it can be sure about which side of the arc to shade  the minor or major side. You can move this point and change the side to suit yourself.
3.2.2.12.4 Parabolic Arcs
The parabolic arc tool draws a parabolic arc which is part of a parabola with a vertical axis.
The three points define the two end points and a point on the parabolic arc.
You can draw this arc in two ways.
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button – this determines one end of the arc.
Move the mouse (while holding the button) to the other end of your arc. While you are moving the mouse, FX Draw will synthesize a third point and show you an arc. Release the button when you are at the second point.
Click AND HOLD the left mouse button and move the mouse to a third point on your arc. As you move the mouse, FX Draw will draw an arc defined by your points. Release the button when you are at the third point.
Alternatively you can click three times  once on each point.
3.2.2.12.5 Compass Arc
When you use a compass to draw an arc, you place the point on the centre, set the radius and draw  just like the centre/end points arc tool.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 106
The thing that IS different about using a compass is that with a compass you can keep the same radius to draw more arcs.
That is what the Compass Arc tool does. It is a Centre/End Points circle that remembers the radius.
The first time you use the compass arc tool it operates in exactly the same way as the centre/end points tool.
The second and subsequent times, you just click on the centre of the new arc. The compass arc tool remembers the radius and marks the circle so you can set the end points.
The compass arc tool will remember the radius for as long as it is selected.
You can force the compass arc tool to reset its radius by: a) b)
Selecting another tool and then reselecting the compass arc tool.
Right clicking on a blank part of the drawing canvas.
3.2.2.13 Angle Tools  Marks and Protractors
FX Draw provides versatile and efficient angle marking tools. The two tools provided are
"One Click" angle marking and "Two Click" angle marking. One click marking is highly efficient and flexible and will be the tool of choice in most situations. Two click marking is more tedious but can mark some angles that are not accessible using one click marking.
Angle Marks can be drawn between any two intersecting line segments. You can indicate the angle using points, arcs, the actual angle in degrees or radians, or you can add any text to the angle.
Importantly...
GAD MUST BE TURNED ON TO USE ANGLE MARKS!
FX Draw needs to detect the lines you are using for your angle so you must have GAD on to use this feature. If GAD is turned off, the angle marking tools will be greyed out.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 107
One common misconception is that the angle tools will draw a complete angle including the two rays that define the angle. They will not. They will only add an angle mark to an
EXISTING angle.
Depending on your current default setting, FX Draw will mark the angle with either a point, arc(s) or some text. The angles are dynamic – they will adjust themselves as you move the line segments – they will disappear if the line segments no longer cross and reappear if you later move them so that they cross again.
3.2.2.13.1 One Click Angle Marking
First, draw a diagram that includes some angles. Second, make sure that you have picked the oneclick angle tool.
As you move your mouse pointer around, FX Draw will automatically sense close angles and show you where it would mark it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 108
One click and the angle will be marked using the current defaults.
3.2.2.13.2 Two Click Angle Marking
Two click angle marking harks from FX Draw 2. It is a little tricky but allows you to mark some angles that One click marking misses  for example the 60 degree angle marked below.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 109
To draw a two click angle mark...
Move the mouse to one of the "arms" of your angle. Wait until FX Draw has found the line and put a red dot on it.
Click AND HOLD the mouse button.
Move the mouse (while holding the button) to the other arm of the angle.
Release the mouse button when the OTHER arm is detected .
You do not need to be too near to the intersection to draw an angle. Once FX Draw has detected your two lines, it will work back to the intersection automatically.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.2.13.3 Angle Mark Size
Changing the size of an angle mark is easy. Click on an angle mark to select it. You will see a control point.
110
Moving this control point changes the size of the angle mark.
Some angle marks have two components (an arc and an angle for example). These components can be controlled individually.
3.2.2.13.4 Angle Mark Options
Angle marks will initially be drawn using the current default settings. Right clicking on an angle mark will give you access to other angle options.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 111
Most of the angle mark properties are self explanatory. The last style is useful for marking
90 degree angles in 3D diagrams. Notice that we have used FX Equation's standard ` character (next to the 1 button on your keyboard) to indicate degrees.
The "Angled" setting changes how an angle is written – either horizontally or angled along the bisector of the angle as shown above. Text formatted as an equation cannot be angled.
3.2.2.13.5 Marking Angles in Radians
If you have chosen to mark angles in radians, the style of the mark will depend on the number of decimal places you have selected.
Selecting 0 decimal places allows FX Draw to mark the angles in multiples of pi.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 112
If you increase the number of decimal places, FX Draw will show the angle as decimal radians.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 113
3.2.2.14 The Protractors
3.2.2.14.1 180 Degree Protractor
The 180 degree protractor is drawn in the same manner as a centre radius circle. This makes it extremely easy to place the protractor onto an angle to show the measurement.
Protractors have no options so right clicking on them has no effect. By default they are unshaded but they can be shaded by selecting them and then using the fill toolbar.
3.2.2.14.2 360 Degree Protractor
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 114
The 360 degree protractor is drawn in the same manner as a centre radius circle. This makes it extremely easy to place the protractor onto an angle to show the measurement.
Rightclicking on the 360 degree protractor allows you to reverse the scale.
By default they are unshaded but they can be shaded by selecting them and then using the fill toolbar.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.15 Bearings
Graphics Tools 115
There are two quite distinct ways of using the bearings tool.
Drawing in the Bearing Line
By default, FX Draw draws in the bearing line (or the "course"). This means that, if you are drawing in a bearing between A and B it will appear like this.
Using the bearings tool in this way is a bit like drawing lines. You simply draw your course and FX Draw will add a little bearings set at the start point of each line. It is quick but you don't have a lot of control over how the lines are drawn.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 116
If you select one of the lines and then hover over it with your mouse, FX Draw will show you the value of the indicated bearing. You can make this permanent by rightclicking and
Adding an Annotation.
Right  clicking on a bearing allows you set the bearing properties and optionally saving those settings as the default.
Most settings are selfexplanatory. One important point to note is that you can enter your own value for the bearing (using common notations like 048, 48, N48E, E42N, NE) and FX Draw will adjust your diagrams to suit.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 117
Also note the option to Show the Bearing line (in the first example, the line from A to B).
Turning this off and setting this as a new default causes the bearing tool to behave in a slightly different way.
No Bearing Line
Sometimes you will want to add bearings to an existing diagram or you will want more control over how the bearing line is drawn. If this is the case, turn off Show Bearing Line in the properties and Set the Default.
When you add the bearing to an existing line, start where you want the bearing to display and release the mouse when you are anywhere on the existing line. The bearing will attach to the line but the tool will not try to draw its own line over your existing one.
3.2.2.16 Shade Regions
Shading regions is a great new addition to FX Draw's tool set but you need to remember that it is different to the normal "floodfill" that you might find in a painting program.
To shade region, select the shade region tool and click once in the region to be shaded.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 118
Notice that a light cross is drawn where you clicked.
Shading Is Attached to A Click
The first difference between FX Draw and a normal paint program is that the shading is an
"object" that can be selected and moved. Selecting a shaded region is a little difficult because it can only be done in the spot of the original click. The easiest way to click on the light cross
Now that the region is selected, you can delete it, or pick up the green square and move it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 119
You will see the shading jump to the other side as the square is moved.
The Drawing Order
Another major difference is that the shading is in the "drawing order". So far, the drawing order for this image is
1.
2.
3.
4.
Circle
Line
Rectangle
Shading
The shading will shade up to anything that has already been drawn. If we now draw a second line, the drawing order will be
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Circle
Line
Rectangle
Shading
Line
The shading occurs before the second line is drawn and just ignores it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 120
We can change the drawing order using the drawing order toolbar. If we push the "Bring
Forward" button, the selected shading will be brought forward in the diagram (drawn later) and the second line will affect the shading.
Changing Colours
Suppose you wish to change the colour of an already shaded region. If you are used to normal, bitmap painting programs you will probably select a new colour and shade again.
FX Draw will not let you do this  you can only shade regions which are blank.
To change the colour of your shading, you need to select the existing shading and change its colour.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.17 Specialized Mathematical Tools
Graphics Tools 121
3.2.2.17.1 Function Graphs
The graph tool allows you to draw graphs of Cartesian, polar, parametric, implicitly defined and inverse functions.
FX Draw shares the graphing tool with FX Graph and a full discussion on how to use it is included in
Quick Entry Screen
Available Parameters for Function Graphs
$f1
$point
 definition of function
 coordinates of point of interest
when annotating a point of intersection
$f2  definition of second function in intersection
when annotating an integral
$integral  definite integral
$equation
$area
 definition of integral function
 area of definite integral
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
$upper  upper bound of integral
$lower  lower bound of integral
when annotating a tangent line
$slope
$equation
 gradient of tangent line
 definition of derivative function
$tangentline  equation of tangent line
$at  point at which tangent line touches function
$intercept  y intercept of tangent line
3.2.2.17.2 Statistical Graphs
122
The statistics tool allows you to draw a comprehensive selection of statistical graphs as well as providing a statistical environment that you can use to perform statistical analysis.
FX Draw shares the statistics tool with FX Stat and a full discussion on how to use it is included in
The Three Views
3.2.2.17.3 3D Objects
FX Draw can draw 3D objects which can be rotated on screen. These are not flat shapes, but full 3D representations of objects.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 123
Select the 3D object tool and then sweep out a rectangle. FX Draw will draw the current
3D object inside the rectangle.
Rotating The Object With the Mouse
Click inside the rectangle and move the mouse whilst holding down the left mouse button.
The 3D object will move with the mouse
Rotating The Object With the Keyboard
Your 3D object can be rotated using the keyboard.
X and Shift X rotate the object around the x Axis
Y and Shift Y rotate the object around the y Axis
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 124
Z and Shift Z rotate the object around the z Axis
Resetting the Axes
The arrow keys will align the object with some predefined projections. The arrow keys by themselves use isometric projections. The arrow keys combined with the Shift key will use oblique projections.
Changing the Object
Right click on the image and select a new object from available objects.
Rendering the Object
FX Draw can render objects using four different styles. You can also turn off hidden lines.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 125
Colouring One Face
You can select one face using the mouse and change its colour individually.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 126
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.17.4 Normal Distribution Curve
Graphics Tools 127
The Normal Distribution Curve tool allows you to draw shaded or unshaded normal distribution curves.
If you select the Normal Distribution Curve tool and draw the curve, this will be displayed.
This is a normal distribution curve that has been shaded between z = 1 and z = 1.
When selected, the normal distribution curve will have two sliders. The top slider controls the lower bound of the shading and the bottom slider controls the upper bound.
If you wish to produce a diagram where one tail is shaded, merely decrease the lower bound (or increase the upper bound) as far as possible. This will produce the desired result. You will also notice that the shading has changed. This can be achieved using the fill palette.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
To achieve other shading effects or to set the upper and lower bounds exactly, you will need to right click to edit the properties.
128
Here you can set the mean, standard deviation and population for the distribution. Note that a population of 1 will produce standard z scores. You can also change the shading style (which allows two tailed shading) and change the pen and shading used. Finally you can explicitly set the high and low bounds for shading.
Notice that the left hand side of the screen allows you change the axes, scales and grid used to graph the normal distribution curve. You can also show two other normal distributions  but you need to ensure that you check Show Curve.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 129
The normal distribution curve tool is not the only way of drawing a normal distribution curve. You can also graph a normal distribution curve by entering y = normal(x) into the function grapher. This allows you to produce much more complicated diagrams.
Available Parameters for Normal Distribution Curves
$below  area (probability) below lower bound
$between  area (probability) between upper and lower bounds
$above  area (probability) above upper bound
$low  lower bound
$high  upper bound
3.2.2.17.5 Two Circle Venn
The Two Circle Venn Diagram tool allows you to draw shaded and annotated two circle
Venn diagrams.
After you have drawn the initial diagram, the properties of a two circle Venn diagram may be accessed by right clicking.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 130
In this dialog box, you can choose to add totals to different areas on the Venn diagram.
Any total left blank will not be shown (see 3 circle Venn diagrams). You can also shade any of the four regions in a 2 circle Venn diagram. Finally you have access to the font used to annotate the diagram. The diagram below is the result of using the properties shown.
The shading is controlled using the fill palette.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.17.6 Three Circle Venn
Graphics Tools 131
The Three Circle Venn Diagram tool allows you to draw shaded and annotated three circle
Venn diagrams.
The operation of the three circle Venn diagrams is exactly the same as two circle diagrams. The only difference is that there are more properties to edit.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 132
Notice that only those totals entered as properties are included in the diagram.
3.2.2.17.7 Number Line
To draw a number line, you sweep out a rectangle. If the rectangle is wider than it is tall,
FX Draw will create a horizontal number line. If it is taller than it is wide, FX Draw will create a vertical number line. When you have created the rectangle, FX Draw will create a blank number line. To add a graph, right click on the number line.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 133
This dialog box allows you to set up the axis in exactly the same way as the function graphing tool. You enter the graphs in terms of x and you can enter the following combinations (using –3 as the number – you obviously can use any number).
x > 3 x >= 3 x < 3 x <= 3 x = 3 x <> 3 x greater than negative three x greater than or equal to negative three x less than negative three x less than or equal to negative three x equals negative three x is not equal to negative three.
You can also place x in a range.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3 < x <= 2 x is greater than negative three and less than or equal to two.
The Offset Lines option allows you to produce output such as this.
134
Use Brackets allows you to use parentheses and square brackets instead of open and closed circles.
Available Parameters in Number Line
$f1
$f2
$f3
3.2.2.17.8 Graph Papers
 definition of function 1
 definition of function 2
 definition of function 3
The grids & dots tool gives you access to nine different types of grids & dots. Start by sweeping out a rectangular area. FX Draw will fill the area with the current default grid type. Right click to access this tools options.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 135
Select the options you are after and push OK. The grid you produce is "Geometrically
Active". FX Draw will preferentially jump to points on the grids/dots you have defined.
This makes drawing most grid based diagrams easy.
3.2.2.17.9 Unit Circle
The unit circle tool lets you draw unit circles showing the sine, cosine, tangent and cotangent ratios.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 136
Drawing a unit circle is identical to drawing a centre/radius circle.
Unit circle properties allow you to turn each ratio on or off  as well as defining how each ratio line is shown.
You can change the angle by moving the control points at each end of the angle or by explicitly entering the angle in the screen above.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 137
Important Points
The unit circle can show positive or negative angles. To get a negative angle, or an angle greater than 360 degrees, explicitly set the angle or use the keyboard commands.
Angles set by moving the control point with the mouse will always be between 0 and
360 degrees.
Explicit angles in radians can be entered in terms of pi. For example, type 3pi/4.
Angles greater than 360 degrees will be show with an arc with multiple rotations.
Keyboard Commands
For demonstration purposes, the unit circle's angle can be controlled using the keyboard.
Home
Up Arrow
Down Arrow
Page Up
Page Down
Resets the angle to 0 .
Increases angle by 1 .
Decreases angle by 1 .
Increase angle by 5 .
Decreases angle by 5 .
Available Parameters for Unit Circles
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
$angle
$degrees
$radians
$sin
$cos
$tan
$cot
3.2.2.17.10 Tree Diagrams
Graphics Tools
Angle expressed as the current angle type (degrees or radians)
Angle in degrees
Angle in radians. Angle will be show as a multiple of pi if possible.
138
The tree diagram tool constructs a tree diagram out of line segments that you can ungroup and modify.
Sketch out a rectangle for the tree diagram to go into. FX Draw will then show this dialog box.
You define your tree by typing in a string of numbers, eg 3,2,4. This would produce a tree diagram with three branches, each of which breaks into two branches, each of which
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
breaks into four branches.
Graphics Tools 139
The only limits imposed on your tree are that a level must have no more than 30 branches. Just remember that the number of branches increases quickly and it is very easy to create an extremely complex tree.
The Space slider controls how much blank space there is between the levels. This space is not blank  it is actually a white line. If we draw a tree over a grey rectangle you can see this clearly.
After a tree diagram is drawn, it should be ungrouped so that the lines can be accessed individually. If you right click on a tree, FX Draw will offer to ungroup for you.
Now that your tree diagram is ungrouped, you can right click on each line and modify it.
One of the main reasons why you would do this is to add text to a line. You can also
"prune" your tree by deleting some of the lines.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 140
The tree diagram tool can also add probabilities to each branch and cumulative probabilities to each vertex. It does this by adding text to the middle of the lines it creates. Adding text to a large tree can slow down the rendering of that tree dramatically
 especially if the text is formatted as equations.
3.2.2.17.11 Clocks
The clock tool allows you to draw a wide variety of customizable clocks and clock faces.
Drawing with the clock tool is like drawing circles.
Right click on the clock to change the clock properties or change the time.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 141
Most settings are self explanatory. Note that you can turn off Show Hands which will produce a clock face that can be used to get students to show a time.
The sliders circled in red set the start and stop position of marks on the clock face. Using these you (as well as turning of some marks and moving the numbers location, allows you to produce just about any clock face you need.
Entering Times
You can enter your own time into the tool. FX Draw is fairly flexible when it comes to interpreting times. All of these times will display correctly.
545 12:10 5:14.20
18,12.45
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.2.18 The Galleries
Graphics Tools 142
The gallery tool gives you access to the hundreds of predrawn images available in
FX Draw. The left button lets you select an image, the right button lets you draw the currently selected gallery image. When you first start FX Draw the right hand button will be greyed out because no image is currently selected.
In order to use the gallery tool you must first select the image you wish it to draw.
To do this you need to push the left gallery button.
3.2.2.18.1 Selecting a Gallery Image
When you push the right button to select an image, you will see something like this screen.
All you do is select the image you wish to draw and the gallery tool will draw that image every time you select it.
The galleries you have on your computer will depend on which galleries you have installed and any others you have created. Efofex will create a library of galleries on our web site that you can use to expand your collection. We will be asking for contributors to the library.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 143
The gallery maintenance buttons allow you to create new galleries and maintain existing ones. You can change the title of a gallery, move figures up and down in the gallery
(changing the order) and delete figures. This allows you to construct your own galleries.
The gallery and image descriptions provide you with more information about the gallery images. The top pane shows a general description of the whole gallery of images. The bottom pane displays a description of the currently selected image. You can edit the descriptions by pushing the Edit buttons under each pane. While the author of the gallery will have added any descriptions that they feel would assist you, you can add your own notes to any image or gallery.
3.2.2.18.2 Drawing a Gallery Image
Once you have selected an image, the right button allows you to draw it. The right button will draw your selected image UNTIL you select a new image or restart FX Draw.
When drawing using a gallery figure, the drawing is stretched to fit the rectangle you have drawn. This allows you to obtain differently proportioned shapes. The gallery figures also depend on the direction you drawn them in. All the diagrams below have been drawn with the one gallery figure. The direction that they have been drawn has been indicated on each shape.
This ability to be resized makes each gallery figure extremely powerful.
Gallery images remember the aspect ratio (ratio of height to width) that they were originally drawn in. In many situations you will need the image to stay fixed to that aspect ratio ESPECIALLY if the image contains circles.
By holding down the SHIFT key while initially creating the image, the image will
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 144
be forced to maintain this aspect ratio.
3.2.2.18.3 Saving to Galleries
If you have created an image that you believe should be part of a gallery, select the image and choose Save To Gallery from the File menu (or push Ctrl + T). You will only be able to save to a user created gallery. Factory galleries are locked. You can modify factory galleries by copying them to the user gallery location.
The selected objects will be placed into the gallery you select from the list of available
User galleries. User created galleries always have a "User  " prefix.
3.2.2.18.4 Other Gallery Issues
If you select a User Created Gallery, you have some other options. These allow you to delete and move figures in the gallery. You can also edit the Gallery Title and descriptions.
These extra options are NOT available when selecting from a factory created gallery.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 145
3.2.3
Preferences
FX Draw preferences allow you to customise FX Draw to account for local differences in mathematics. All preferences are set from the Tools menu.
3.2.3.1
Grid
Grid preferences control the background grid  the light grid behind your diagrams. Grids can make drawing many images much simpler.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 146
The grid size can be set using any measurement. You can type 1cm, 0.25" or 50pt.
Ticking isometric creates an isometric grid that makes drawing isometric diagrams much simpler.
Show grid turns the background dots on and off.
If you are having trouble seeing the background grid (on an interactive whiteboard for instance) increase the opacity so that it becomes more obvious.
3.2.3.2
Other Preferences
The preferences screen lets you change FX Draw to suit your needs. Select the page on the left hand side and modify the options on the right.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.3.2.1 Draw Main Preferences
Graphics Tools 147
3.2.3.2.1.1 Measurement System
FX Draw can understand four different measurement systems
The default measurement system is used for any measurements entered into FX Draw.
You can always enter a measurement using a system apart from the default by using the appropriate units.
The default measurement system is also use for all figure reports.
3.2.3.2.1.2 Default File Location
ADVANCED
This field is mostly used in network situations. FX Draw will attempt to save diagrams into this location.
3.2.3.2.1.3 Gallery Location
ADVANCED
This field is mostly used in network situations. FX Draw will search for galleries in this directory.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
3.2.3.2.1.4 Control Point Size
Control points are the small green, amber, red and grey squares that let you control figures. This setting lets you change the size of the control points.
148
3.2.3.2.1.5 Increase Selection Area
If you are having trouble selecting objects, this option increases the size of the area you can click.
3.2.3.2.1.6 Show Bounding Rectangle
FX Draw diagrams fit onto a 300mm by 300mm canvas but most drawings only use a small part of this area. FX Draw trims down the canvas to include just the figures you have drawn and returns this smaller area to Word.
Showing the bounding rectangle lets you see exactly what FX Draw will return to Word.
3.2.3.2.1.7 Line Colours
If your screen does not display some of our standard colours clearly, or you simply cannot see some colours, you can change the colours FX Draw uses to ones that suit you better.
3.2.3.2.1.8 Insert Into Word
This setting helps control how OLE objects are inserted into Word. MOST users will want to leave it set to Wrap Text. Normally this setting should only be changed under instruction from Efofex.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.3.2.2 Draw Other Preferences
Graphics Tools 149
3.2.3.2.2.1 Bitmap Resolutions
FX Draw renders all its images as bitmaps but you have the option of chosing the resolution of the bitmap you create in three different contexts. Obviously higher resolutions produce better quality  at the cost of increased size. In most cases 300 dpi is suitable for printed materials and 72 dpi is suitable for anything viewed on screen.
3.2.3.2.2.2 Transparent PNG Files
Transparent PNG files are special bitmap files where one colour (almost always white) is nominated as transparent. This permits you to place the file over the top of another image while allowing the first image to show through. You can only produce transparent files in FX Draw using the File/Save As option.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 150
3.2.3.2.2.3 View Zoom
This is an "underlying" zoom that is applied over the entire FX Draw system. It is independent of the zoom you see on the top toolbar. Most people find that by setting this to about 150%, they produce diagrams the "right" size when they are returned to
Word.
3.2.3.2.3 Graph
3.2.3.2.3.1 Axes
The Graph Axes screen lets you modify the axes style for function graphs. Statistics graphs can have separate settings.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 151
Graphs can have a shaded background rectangle. Check the Fill Background option and select your colour.
All sizes are in mm and control different aspects of the axes
This preference controls how the ticks are drawn on the axes. The various options are best shown in a diagram.
When you add a grid to a set of axes, the lines of the grid can interfere with the scale. FX
Graph will blank out an area of the grid before it writes the numbers of the scale and this prevents the grid making the scale hard to read. The blank under scale setting lets you turn off this feature. The two graphs below show you the result. The first graph has Blank
Under Scale off, the second graph has it on.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 152
You can turn arrow heads on and off on FX Graph axes but, either way, space will be allocated for them. If you want the scale to go all the way to the edge, turn off this option.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 153
Allow Spac e for Arrows O N Allow Spac e for Arrows O FF
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Allows you to select between two different types of grids.
Graphics Tools 154
Expand Grid to Edges O FF Expand Grid to Edges O N
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.3.2.3.2 Other
Graphics Tools 155
When shading the feasible region for an inequality, some locations shade the region that
AGREES with or accepts the inequality.
y >= x and some schools shade the region which disagrees with or does not accept the inequality y >= x
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 156
If you tick Shade Accept region, y >= x will produce the first graph.
The graph will often shade feasible regions with an array of dots. The greater the number of dots, the more solid the shading  but the slower the calculations. A dot density of 200
(the default) will produce acceptable results on most computers but you can decrease the density on slower computers or increase it on faster computers.
Sets the size of the domain end points. The size is the radius of the circles  in millimetres.
Some functions have point discontinuities (see example below). The graph tool automatically finds these point discontinuities for rational functions and displays them with a small circle. This preference controls the radius of the circle (in millimetres).
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 157
Pushing the Page Up and Page Down buttons will zoom the axes in the graph tool. This number determines the ratio that the scale is increased or decreased by.
For example, the default Key Zoom Ratio is 1.33333. If you axes have maxima of 10 and minima of 10, pushing the Page Up button will change the maxima to 13.33333 and the minima to 13.33333.
Usually, rightclicking in the the graph tool screen will start the Quick Entry screen but if you right click on an axis, the graph tool will start the Axes properties screen. Some people dislike this behaviour and find it distracting. You can turn it off here.
3.2.3.2.4 Statistics
3.2.3.2.4.1 Axes
The statistics tool axes properties are identical to the
. This screen lets you set separate axes options for statistics graphs.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
3.2.3.2.4.2 Other
Graphics Tools 158
Statistics, particularly secondary school statistics, is particularly localised. The “right” way of doing something in one location is often very different to the “right” way of doing it in another location. The system options allow you to customise you version of FX Stat to suit you local conditions. System options can be accessed through the Edit menu.
With all the system options it is vital that you TRY each setting and pick the one that suits your situation. Unfortunately there are no standard names for different methods of calculation.
Calculating Quartiles
Efofex has found three common methods of calculating quartiles.
1, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6, 8, 9, 10, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20
In the above example, 9 is the median. The lower quartile is the median of the bottom half of the scores BUT does the lower half include the 9 or exclude it? Depending on your answer, the lower quartile would be 4.5 or 5.
This gives us two of the three options for calculating quartiles. The third is to use the 75th and 25th percentiles. The results of this option depends on how you calculate percentiles.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 159
Seasonalised Data
Method One is to calculate the average residual between a point in the cycle and the moving point average at that point. This average residual is then removed from the data to obtain the seasonalised figure.
Method Two is to calculate the average deviation between a point in the cycle and the mean of the data set. This average deviation is then removed from the data to obtain the seasonalised figure.
Calculating Percentiles
The interpolated method of calculating percentiles is the same as the method in Excel .
If the data point 13 indicates the 20th percentile and data point 14 is the 30th percentile, the 21st percentile is 13.1, the 22nd is 13.2, the 23rd 13.3 and so on. The interpolated method interpolates values for the percentiles that are not in the original data.
The discrete method of calculating percentiles would produce 13 as the value of the percentile for the 20th up to the 29th percentile. Each percentile is guaranteed to be a number in the data set.
3.2.3.2.5 Reset All Options
This resets all options back to factory defaults. You can use this if you have managed to get FX Draw seriously out of sorts. We may also direct you to reset all options if FX Draw gets into an internally inconsistent state.
You can also use this screen to manually edit the configuration file. Normally this is only used by advanced users or when Efofex specifically asks you to.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 160
3.2.4
Hints & Tips
3.2.4.1
How Do I Select Figures?
You can select figures in one of two ways. If you want to select an individual figure, click on it. You need to be reasonably accurate to ensure that you select the desired figure.
If you wish to select a few figures at one time, sweep out a rectangular area while holding down the left mouse button. Any figure totally contained within the rectangle will be selected. You can then move, copy or delete the selected figures.
3.2.4.2
How Do I Change a Figure's Properties?
Right click on it. For example, if you have drawn a line and want to add a new end point, right click on the line. A large dialog box will appear allowing you to change many of the line's properties. Most figures have properties that can be changed.
3.2.4.3
What Are Sliders?
Some figures have sliders. These little grey circles on the top or side of a figure allow you to adjust a property of the figure by sliding the circle up and down or left and right. For example, the rounded rectangle's slider adjusts the radius of the rounded corner.
All properties that can be visually adjusted using sliders can be explicitly adjusted using the figures property dialog box that is accessed by right clicking on the figure.
If you see a slider, move it and see what happens!
3.2.4.4
What Is The Most Underutilized FX Draw Feature?
Changing a figure's default properties. This can make using FX Draw much easier.
3.2.4.5
How Do I Change a Figure's Default Properties?
Most figures have a Set To Default button on their properties dialog box. Simply set up a figure so that it is exactly what you are after and press the button. Every figure you create from then on will fit this default.
3.2.4.6
Why Is There an Equation Tool?
The text tool and equation tool are basically the same so why have an equation tool? The equation tool is simply there to make getting an equation easy. We did not want to hide
FX Draw's equation capability so we made a separate button for it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 161
3.2.4.7
How Do I Draw Network Diagrams Easily?
Change the arrow line's default to be a line with an open circle at each end (see
Lines Using Defaults ). If you want to draw a directed network, select an arrowhead for
the centre of the line. The arrow line tool will now allow you to easily draw a network diagram. If you right click on each arc of the network diagram, you can enter any text you require and it will be angled to suit the line.
3.2.4.8
Why Do I End Up With a Small Mess When I Use The Graph Tool?
You are not moving the mouse enough when creating the graph. Your graph will fill the rectangle you sweep out with the mouse while holding down the mouse button. If you do not sweep out a large enough area, all components of the graph are drawn in a tiny area.
3.2.4.9
How Do I Draw More Than One Function On A Graph?
The main function graphing tool properties dialog box has a large area for entering functions. Each function takes one line in the box. If you want more than one function, enter more than one line.
Alternatively you can press the function button in the graph dialog box. This allows you finer control over the first function and allows you to enter up to nine more functions.
3.2.4.10 How Do I Draw Polar Graphs?
Polar functions must be typed in so that they are prefixed with "r =" and are in terms of t
(used as a substitute for theta). An example of a polar function is "r = 2sin(4t)".
3.2.4.11 How Do I Draw Inverse Graphs?
Inverse functions are typed in so that they are prefixed with "x=" or "f(y)=" and are in terms of y. An example of an inverse function is "x=2sin(y)".
3.2.4.12 How Do I Enter Domains?
Each function can have its own domain. These are entered by pressing the f(x) button
(the first function's domain can be entered on the graph screen). Domains are entered the way you would normally write them (in terms of x or t).
For example x > 2 t <= 4 3 < x <=7
Alternatively you can use the bracket notation for domain
For example y = x2 [2,3) will produce
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 162
3.2.4.13 Can FX Draw Draw Piecewise Defined Functions?
Yes. You can draw up to ten functions on one graph and give each of the functions their own domain. FX Draw will graph these correctly and can automatically add the dotted vertical lines often used for piecewise defined functions if required.
3.2.4.14 What is the Difference Between Out Of Range Arrows and High/Low End?
When you graph a function you graph it with either an explicit domain, that you have typed in, or an implied domain determined by the xaxis you have selected. How the graph is represented at the high and low end of this domain is determined by the settings of the Show High End and Show Low End Options for that function. FX Draw will determine if an open circle, closed circle or arrowhead should be shown and you choose if it will be shown.
Many functions will have values that lie outside the range of the axes within the domain selected, tan for example. At these values, FX Draw will add arrowheads to show that the graph continues beyond the range of the axes. These arrowheads are called out of range arrows.
3.2.4.15 What is a Group?
A group is a collection of figures that have been grouped together and are treated as one figure by FX Draw. This new grouped figure can be cut, copied, pasted and resized as easily as a simple figure such as a circle.
3.2.4.16 How Do I Group Figures?
Select all the figures that you wish to include in your group and either choose group from the edit menu or type Ctrl+G.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 163
3.2.4.17 How Do I Ungroup Figures?
If you need to ungroup some figures in order to modify them individually, select the group and choose ungroup from the edit menu or type Ctrl+H.
3.2.4.18 What Can Groups Be Used For?
If you have created an image that you wish to repeat on the same drawing, it is advisable to group the image together so that you do not lose any component as you copy and move the image. Gallery images are stored as groups for this very reason.
3.2.4.19 What Is A Gallery?
A gallery is a collection of predrawn mathematical diagrams that you can use in your documents. Most gallery images are extremely versatile as they appear differently depending on the aspect ratio they are drawn into and the direction in which they were drawn.
3.2.4.20 How Do I Use the Galleries?
Push the Gallery Select button. The first gallery will appear and you can choose any of the galleries you have loaded. Once you have selected the gallery image you require, push OK.
The gallery tool will now draw that image whenever the tool is selected. It is important to realize that you must move the mouse while holding down the left button to draw a gallery image. If you simply click the mouse without moving it, you will get no image.
3.2.4.21 How Does the Direction of Drawing Affect the Gallery Images?
Most gallery images will draw differently depending on which direction you draw them in.
Try selecting the gallery image of a cuboid. Draw the image by holding down the mouse button while you move the mouse:
Top left to bottom right
Top right to bottom left
Bottom left to top right
Bottom right to top left
The combination of drawing direction and aspect ratio makes each gallery image worth much more than just clip art.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 164
3.2.4.22 How Do I Save My Own Graphics To a Gallery?
Draw the image in FX Draw and select the figures you want saved. From the File menu, choose Save To Gallery. Pick the gallery you want to save to and press OK.
3.2.4.23 Can I Edit Gallery Images?
Yes. Gallery images are saved as grouped figures. When you have drawn a gallery image, you can:
Select it
Ungroup it
Modify the individual figures.
3.2.4.24 What Is The Grid?
The grid is the array of points you see on the screen when you start FX Draw. Any figure will be drawn so that it fits the grid UNLESS GAD is on and another point is more attractive.
3.2.4.25 How Can I Remember The Greek Letter Codes?
All the Greek Letter codes are made from the first two letters of the Greek letter's name:
Lower case pairs produce lower case Greek letters. Upper case pairs produce upper case
Greek letters.
For example si
SI s
S
3.2.4.26 Does The Equation Tool Balance Brackets?
No. The tool makes no attempt to examine the logical consistency of your brackets. It even treats the three types of brackets, ( { [ as being equivalent. It is up to you to ensure that what you type is logical.
3.2.4.27 Why Are Spaces So Important?
The tool attempts to automatically format most equations. Unfortunately many expressions are ambiguous, sin2x for example. We wanted to automatically recognize sin2 x while still allowing you to get sin 2x if you wish. The solution was where you put a space.
If you leave a space between sin and 2x, you will get sin 2x. Without the space you get sin2x. This is much easier to use than describe. In general, if the tool does not format your equation the way you expect, try entering a space between things.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 165
3.2.4.28 How Do I Enter An Ordered Pair?
Do not use the equation tool and just type your ordered pair into a text box OR use quotes to prevent the equation tool from formatting your equation.
3.2.4.29 How Do I Stop the Equation Tool From Formatting Something?
This question most often occurs when someone is trying to type a word such as "and" or
"there" and the tool insists on formatting it into an intersection symbol or q ere. By enclosing a section of your equation in quotes ("and" and "there") you prevent the tool from formatting that part of the equation.
Please note that this is much less of an issue when using FX Autoquate automatic equations.
3.2.4.30 How Do I Enter A Matrix?
Matrices are entered column by column. It is advisable to add a few spaces between the columns.
[1,2,3 4,5,6 7,8,9 :,:,: a,b,c]
You are limited to three rows per column
3.2.4.31 How Do I Enter a Degrees Sign?
Degrees signs are entered with the ` key. This is normally the key NEXT to the 1 key and it normally produces a ~ when pressed whilst holding down the Shift key.
The ` key is a backwards single quote. It is not the normal ' key (next to semicolon).
3.3
FX Graph
FX Graph is a simple to use, but incredibly powerful 2D and 3D graphing program that is useful for students and teachers. From simple Cartesian functions through to Argand diagrams, slope fields, and vector diagrams, FX Graph can provide an comprehensive and dynamic environment for investigating functions.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 166
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 167
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 168
3.3.1
Using The Graph Tool
FX Graph shares its graphing tool with FX Draw.
Instructions on how to use the graphing tool can be found in
Creating Graphs
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 169
3.4
FX Stat
FX Stat shares its statistics tool with FX Draw.
Instructions on how to use the statistics tool can be found in
The Three Views
3.4.1
Using The Statistics Tool
FX Stat shares its statistics tool with FX Draw.
Instructions on how to use the statistics tool can be found in
The Three Views
3.5
FX ChemStruct
FX ChemStruct makes drawing chemical structures easy. Drawing something as simple as acetic acid is a time consuming and tedious task but with FX ChemStruct all you have to do is:
Load FX ChemStruct
Type ch3cooh
FX ChemStruct takes this information and formats it into the structure above. You never need to indicate what goes where  you simply type the structural formula. Users of FX
Chem will find FX ChemStruct very familiar  similar rules  different output.
FX ChemStruct cannot draw every chemical structure but it can draw the vast majority of chemical structures required by a secondary school chemistry teacher  quickly and easily.
FX ChemStruct can draw a wide variety of different styles of chemical structures  even drawing the structure with no bonds so the students can fill them it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 170
3.5.1
How to Enter Structures
Just type the information. Do NOT capitalise the elements (i.e. enter sn NOT Sn for tin).
FX ChemStruct will do everything else. There are a few tricks to learn, but they should only take you a minute or so to grasp.
Perhaps the major "trick" to entering structures is that you must give FX ChemStruct some structural information as you are entering the structure.
For example, if you are trying to draw propane, do NOT enter c3h8. FX ChemStruct will take this information and try to build a structure out of it but will get confused as it is ambiguous.
Instead enter propane as ch3ch2ch3. This tells FX ChemStruct WHERE to place each hydrogen.
There is much more information regarding how to enter different structures later in the help information.
3.5.1.1
Basic Structures
Most simple structures are entered as you would write them. Notice that you do NOT have to capitalize elements  FX ChemStruct almost always takes care of that for you.
Alkanes
ch3ch2ch2ch3 ch3(ch2)4ch3
Alkenes
ch2ch2
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Alkynes
chch
Aldehydes
ch3ch2coh
Carboxylic Acids
ch3cooh
Ketones
ch3coch3
Ethers
ch3och3
Amides
ch3conh2
Graphics Tools 171
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 172
Esters
ch3cooch3
3.5.1.2
Branched Structures
Branched structures are slightly more difficult to enter but are not too hard if you remember the basic rule
Enter a branch completely before starting the next branch.
For example, to enter 4methyl2heptene enter the structure up to the green elements, then choose one of the branches to enter we have chosen the red branch. One that branch is complete, we enter the blue branch. ch3ch2ch2 ch ch3 chchch3
Quite complicated structures can be entered in this way  citric acid for example.
coohch2cohcoohch2cooh
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 173
3.5.1.3
Benzene Rings
Benzene rings can be entered using the code bz. IF you have the option selected, you can also use ph to indicate a benzene ring.
For example: bzcooh phcooch2ch3 bzbz bzbzbz
3.5.1.4
Unformatted Text / Comments
FX ChemStruct will always try to make "chemical sense" out of what you have typed. This can lead to problems. For example, if you type catalyst into an structure, FX ChemStruct will try to interpret it as elements and will format it this way.
Calcium, Tantalum, an "l" that it cannot convert to an element, Yttrium, Sulphur and a renegade "t". Probably not what you intended!
You can force FX ChemStruct to leave this text alone by surrounding it in quotes. By typing "catalyst" with the quotes, you will get what you intended.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 174
3.5.1.5
Clicking on Compounds I
Chemical formulae are ambiguous so when you enter a structure, there is often more than one valid way of displaying it. How do you tell FX ChemStruct which version you are after.
In FX ChemStruct you can change a structure's "structure" by clicking on the elements.
For example, if you type ch3chch3ch2chch3ch3 you will see
If you want
You have to have some way of telling FX ChemStruct what you are after. To achieve this new version, you need to click on the CH we have coloured green. As you click on elements, FX ChemStruct will colour the element green so you can track which element you clicked on.
Clicking on an element shuffles the bonds around that element
3.5.1.6
Clicking on Compounds II
Clicking on an element shuffles the bonds from the element but as the number of bonds increases, so does the number of possible arrangements.
Most of the time, you will only want access to the main "arrangements" of atoms and FX
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools
ChemStruct cycles through these main ones as you click on the element.
Sometimes you will want to access some less likely arrangements. If you hold down the
Shift key when you click, FX ChemStruct will cycle through ALL possible arrangements.
For example: ch3chclchclch3
175
if you click on the second CH, you will alternate between these two versions of the molecule.
if you hold down Shift and click, you can obtain the following.
3.5.1.7
Rotating and Reflecting
All structures can be rotated and reflected.
These four buttons will only affect the last compound clicked or, if no compound has been clicked yet, they affect the first compound.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 176
The first two buttons rotate the structure in 15 degree increments either anticlockwise or clockwise.
The second two buttons reflect the structure over the vertical or horizontal axis.
3.5.1.8
Clearing Clicks, Rotations and Reflections
Sometimes you have clicked, reflected and rotated a diagram and you just want to start again. Push the eraser button to remove all modifications.
3.5.1.9
Isomers
An obvious use of "clicking" is to produce different isomers. For example: ch3chchch3 will produce cis2butene
One click later and we have trans2butene
The same applies to benzene compounds para, meta and ortho dinitrobenzene
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 177
3.5.1.10 The Arrows
Reaction arrows appear in many equations and you need to remember the codes necessary to produce them. FX ChemStruct uses EXACTLY the same codes and methods as FX Chem.
=>
< > gives you a single arrow gives you a double arrow
="above">
="above","below"> well adds a message above the arrow the comma allows information below the arrow as
If you do not include the quotes, FX ChemStruct will interpret the text on the arrow as a chemical equation (NOT a chemical structure)
3.5.1.11 Spaces
Spaces can be used between compounds to help achieve the spacing you require.
A space IN a compound breaks the compound into two separate pieces from FX
ChemStruct's point of view. FX ChemStruct will NOT try to attach the second part to the first. Often this will mean that what you have typed no longer makes sense.
ch3cooh ch3c ooh
A space is often necessary with ionic compounds caso4
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
ca so4
Graphics Tools 178
3.5.1.12 R & R'
FX ChemStruct supports the use of R and R' in chemical structures.
For example: rcor'
3.5.1.13 Nitronium Ion
You can enter the nitronium ion (NO2+) by typing ono
PLEASE NOTE. This is an interim solution to this problem.
3.5.1.14 Entering Phase Information
FX ChemStruct can accept phase information in the same way as FX Chem.
For example: ch3cooh(aq)
3.5.1.15 Overriding Charges
FX ChemStruct automatically calculates charge on elements and ions. If you wish to override the charge with your own value, just type the charge after the ion. The main use for this is metallic ions that have different oxidation levels. This feature allows you to created charged structures that are incorrect.
For example:
© 2017 Efofex Software
Fe
2+
Fe
3+
Efofex Help
so43+
Graphics Tools 179
fe fe3+
Fe
2+
Fe
3+
3.5.1.16 Ionic Compounds
To create ionic compounds, it is usually necessary to add a space between the cation and anion. This prevents FX ChemStruct trying to bond the two pieces together and clearly shows the charge of each ion.
For example: fe so3 feso3
In the second example, FX ChemStruct has tried to create one molecule out of the cation and anion and become "confused". The space makes all the difference.
3.5.1.17 Polyatomic Ions
Most polyatomic ions are recognized by FX ChemStruct but you should surround the ion with spaces so that FX ChemStruct does not attempt to join the ion to another structure.
3.5.1.18 Ring Structures
There is limited support for ring structures in FX ChemStruct. FX ChemStruct can handle ring structures automatically  which provides limited functionality  or the user can explicitly indicate the rings
You can turn automatic recognition on and off using the Structure Options screen.
Automatic Recognition
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 180
If automatic recognition is turned on, FX ChemStruct will look to see if the elements entered can be formed into a ring. If possible, FX ChemStruct will automatically "link" the ring. Automatic recognition is very limited and is best used for carbon based rings.
For example: ch2ch2ch2 ch2ch2ch2ch2ch2 ch2ch2ch2chchch2
Explicit Indication
If automatic recognition is NOT turned on, you can explicitly indicate ring structures.
Surround the elements in the ring structure with curly brackets and FX ChemStruct will attempt to form them into a ring.
For example:
{chchch2}
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
{chchch}coch3
{cchnchnh}ch2chnh2cooh
Graphics Tools 181
Explicitly indicating rings allows many more structures to be drawn but it is important to note that not all structures can be entered this way.
3.5.1.19 Preventing Bonding
FX ChemStruct uses a complicated algorithm to determine where the "next" element is attached to the existing structure. Sometimes this can cause problems if you want to leave a "bonding site" unbonded.
For example:
EDTA
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 182
Imagine you are trying to enter this structure into FX ChemStruct. You might start with one of the N's and move out one of the arms nch2coo
So far so good. Now if you attempt to start another arm  by typing a C  things start to go wrong nch2cooc
FX ChemStruct has no way of knowing that you have finished the first arm and attached the C to the remaining bonding site on the O. Oops! What we need is a way of telling FX
ChemStruct to stop there. You can do this using the * key.
nch2coo*c
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 183
The * has prevented the C from bonding to the O so FX ChemStruct bonds the C to the N instead.
To enter EDTA we can use nch2ch2nch2coo*ch2coo*ch2coo*ch2coo* or nch2ch2n(ch2coo*)4
Note: There are other possible ways of entering EDTA  but all require the use of the * key.
3.5.1.20 Degrees
You can enter a degrees sign (eg 24°) by using the ` key. This is a small backwards dash and it is normally found on the top left hand side of the keyboard, next to the 1 key and under the ~ (tilde). This character will be automatically replaced with the degrees sign.
This is the same convention we use in all Efofex products.
3.5.2
Display Options
FX ChemStruct has many display options that allow you construct structures exactly as you want them.
The display options are access through the display toolbar.
3.5.2.1
Hiding ?H Bonds
The first two buttons on the display allow you to chose whether to show or hide ?H bond
For example, if you type ch3chch2ch3ch2hc3
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 184
3.5.2.2
Displaying Charges
FX ChemStruct calculates the charge on any entered structure and can display it in one of three ways  ignore the charge; display the charges on each atom or display the overall charge of the ion.
For example: so4
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 185
Please note. If you override the charge and enter your own charge, FX ChemStruct will display the "overall" charge regardless of any other settings.
3.5.2.3
Compounds Without Bonds
You might wish to display your compounds, ions or structures without any bonds or electrons shown. This could allow you to construct questions for students.
There are two ways of displaying without bonds  allowing for unbonded electron pairs or not allowing for unbonded electron pairs.
For example: ch3cooh
(do not allow for unbonded pairs)
(allow for unbonded pairs
3.5.2.4
Allowing for Unbonded Electron Pairs
FX ChemStruct can allow for unbonded electron pairs when displaying a structure. You can choose whether or not to show the unbonded pairs.
For example
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
h2o
Graphics Tools 186
(do not allow for unbonded pairs)
(allow for unbonded pairs but do not show them)
(show unbonded pairs)
3.5.2.5
Showing All Electrons
FX ChemStruct can show all electrons in a structure. Just push the last button on the display toolbar
For example ch3cohnh
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 187
3.5.3
Examples
3.5.3.1
Resonance Structures
Resonance structures need to be entered twice (or once for each possible arrangement) and then the structures need to be reflected or "clicked" to obtain the resonance structures.
Examples:
Ozone
Type o3 <> o3
Click on the central oxygen atom of the second ozone molecule.
Nitrate Ion
Type no3 <> no3 <> no3
Click on the central atom of the second ion and rotate the third ion.
3.5.3.2
Carbohydrates
Most carbohydrates require "clicking" on an atom.
Examples: glucose ch2ohchohchohchohchohcoh
Need to click on the green C in the diagram below.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 188
fructose ch2ohchohchohchohcoch2oh
3.5.3.3
EDTA
EDTA requires the use of the * key to
nch2ch2nch2coo*ch2coo*ch2coo*ch2coo*
3.5.4
Co(NO3)2 becomes CO(NO3)2!
One of FX ChemStruct's most useful features is its ability to capitalise elements for you.
This can save you large amounts of time when entering equations. Some elements will cause FX ChemStruct problems. For example, if you type co, FX ChemStruct will ALWAYS interpret that as carbon/oxygen and change it to CO. This, obviously, will almost always be a correct interpretation. If you really want cobalt, Co, enter it correctly capitalised as Co
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 189
and FX ChemStruct will leave it alone. In other words, if your compound contains ONLY lower case letters, FX ChemStruct will capitalise it for you taking its best guess. If FX
ChemStruct finds any upper case letters in your compound it will leave it as you wrote it.
That way you can always get the required result.
3.5.5
Changing Your Structures
3.5.5.1
Font
You can change the font used for structures here.
The font size determines the size of the font for the elements in your structure. All other sizes are proportional to this.
3.5.5.2
Equation and Structure Options
Press the options button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 190
This screen allows you to control the way FX ChemStruct draws your structures.
The Sizes area allows you to control the sizes of different components of the structure.
Structural Bonds / Other Bonds  Most bonds apart from ?H bonds. Shortening the length of the bonds hydrogen makes with other elements usually produces a better output. Please note that the difference in lengths has no chemical basis. It is merely a display setting.
Benzene  Determines the length of the side of a benzene ring.
Dot Size  Determines the size of the electrons.
Line Thickness sets the thickness of the lines used to draw the bonds. The size is measured in points. 1 point = 1/72 inches = 0.352777755 mm.
By default, FX ChemStruct allows the use of ph to enter Phenol (or benzene) but this makes drawing compounds involving phosphorus and hydrogen more difficult. You can turn off the ph code if you wish.
You can ask FX ChemStruct to automatically detect ring structures or you can explicitly indicate ring structures using curly brackets.
You can show arrows and/or charges on coordinate bonds
Benzene Style allows you to set whether benzene rings will be drawn with the aromatic circle or lines on double bonds.
By pushing Set As Default, the current settings will be used for all future structures.
The Equation Options button allows you to change the settings for chemical equations that are included in your structures.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 191
Using this screen, you can change the level and relative size of the different components of any equations. This gives you fine control over what is produced. Try moving the sliders up and down and keep an eye on the example equation at the top. It will show you the results of your changes.
The Equilibrium Arrow Type allows you to select between four different ways of drawing equilibrium arrows. You should select the one that best suits your local conventions. The example equation at the top will change to reflect the different arrow types.
Reaction arrows are automatically resized to accommodate any text you have above and below the arrow. If there is no text, the arrow will revert to a minimum size. You can set this minimum size by moving the Default Arrow Width slider.
The Italicize Phase check box determines whether FX ChemStruct italicizes phase information.
The Reset button will reset all options to the original settings as supplied.
The Set as Default button saves your current settings and will use them for all future structures.
3.5.6
My Structure is Not Formatted Correctly!
FX ChemStruct makes its best attempt to interpret what the user has typed in a logical way. 99% of the time this will be fine. In the other 1% you may have to revert to other means. Chemistry is a science of exceptions and your structure may contain one that FX
ChemStruct does not know about yet. If you inform us of the structure that FX
ChemStruct has not processed correctly, we will do what we can to get FX ChemStruct to
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Graphics Tools 192
recognise it.
4 Equation Tools
4.1
Creating, Editing and Using Equations
Our two equation products, FX Equation and FX Chem, are designed to produce highquality equations as fast as possible.
There are three, quite distinct ways of using the equation tools.
Word On Windows
If you are only using Microsoft Word on a Windows machine, using the equation tools as
OLE objects provides the best interface. If you choose to use the equation tools in this way, you will not be able to access the equations on a Mac machine. This usage is discussed in
.
Writing Physically Large Equations (usually PowerPoint or
Keynote)
If the equations you are producing are large (as they tend to be in presentation products) and do not need to be aligned with other text, you can use Efofex Cloud to create and edit your equations. This will allow them to be accessed and edited on Mac computers. Small equations do not have enough room on their edges to encode the ID so Efofex Cloud is only useful for these larger equations. This usage is discussed in
Targeting (just about everything else)
The equation products can be used as equation translators. This allows you to enter equations using our highspeed systems, but then output them in formats that target various uses. For example, you can target LibreOffice's equation writer, Microsoft's internal equation system, LaTex output for use in things like Secta, Moodle or a number of other products. Targeting has the advantage of being extremely versatile and allows you to use the system on just about any computer. This usage is discussed in
.
4.1.1
Efofex Cloud and Equations
Equations have two characteristics that will often prevent you from using them with
Efofex Cloud.
1.
2.
They are often physically too small to encode an ID along the edges.
You often need to align equations with existing text.
You will find Efofex Cloud useful in some situations, particularly if you need to produce a
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 193
larger equation or a multiline equation. This will typically happen in presentation products such as PowerPoint or Keynote but can occur in other contexts such as websites or using products such as Secta or Moodle.
You can read more about
4.1.2
Using OLE Equations
Efofex has used OLE for over 25 years and it is very popular with users (despite the issues that can occur). If you decide to continue using the OLE system, any graphics you create with Efofex Cloud versions of our products will be tagged with and ID and have their data saved to the database automatically. This will greatly assist any later change to using the full Efofex Cloud system.
4.1.2.1
Using OLE Equations in Word for WIndows
4.1.2.1.1 Adding The Equation Programs (OLE) to Word
The most efficient way to use the OLE graphics in Word (Windows only) is to integrate the products with Word. This adds an Efofex toolbar to your Word ribbon that makes inserting new graphics easy.
To integrate with Word, start one of the graphics programs and then go to the Help menu.
Select Integrate Efofex Products into Word. Integration is automatic.
You will need to restart Word and you will then see a new Efofex tab on your ribbon bar.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
The buttons insert a new graphic into your document.
4.1.2.1.2 Using The Equation Programs (OLE) in Microsoft Word
Creating an Equation
Push the toolbar button
FX Equation/FX Chem will open a new window
Equation Tools 194
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 195
Type your equation in the box at the top of screen  your equation will appear, formatted, in the bottom area of the screen
When you are finished, click on the green check mark and you will be returned to Word.
The equation will appear in your document adjusted to the correct level.
Note: FX Equation and FX Chem can be accessed by using the Insert/Object command from the menus but your equations will not be adjusted to line up with other text.
Editing
To edit an existing equation, double click on the equation in your Word document.
4.1.2.1.3 Why is My Text Red?
When an equation is inserted, it is inserted as a space, then the equation, then another space.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools
The equation between the two spaces is lowered to line up with where the text is.
196
Why the spaces? Because of a little quirk in Word. If you manage to get your cursor in between the equation and the space, any text you type will be lowered (quite dramatically). This looks something like this
Unfortunately, compared to the next text, the equations look as if they need to be lowered. Our macros set the text color for this new text to bright red to make sure that you realise that you are in the wrong spot. If you see red, STOP and move the cursor to the other side of the space.
The best way to understand this behavior is to have a bit of a play around with it. Try typing on either side of the space to get a feel for what is going on. We have found that customers do not have a problem with it once they understand it.
4.1.2.2
Using OLE Equations In Other Products
Quite a few products support OLE graphics. To insert an OLE equation into your program, look for the "Insert Object" option and insert an FX Equation or FX Chem object.
Support for OLE is patchy and often changes between versions of software. We cannot guarantee that any particular usage you make of OLE equations will be supported in future versions of the software you insert the graphics into.
4.1.3
Targeting
Our equation tools have the capacity to translate your equations into a number of standard equation formats that can then be pasted into other applications. We call this targeting.
For example, you can type this into FX Equation.
1/(sr(x24))
and have it produce the following LaTex commands.
\begin{equation}{\frac{1}{{\sqrt{{x}^{2}4}}}}\end{equation}
that can be pasted into things like Moodle.
Targeting allows you to use the equation tools in far more contexts. The major restriction of Targeting is that it is oneway. You can use our equation tools to create targeted equations but any editing will need to be done in the target application.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools
4.1.3.1
Setting the Target
You should set the target you wish to export for before creating equations.
197
Or
4.1.3.2
Targets
The equation tools can target a large number of outputs:
Office Equations  Natively paste into Word, OneNote and PowerPoint (requires
Windows Word 2007 or later, Mac Word 2011 or later)
MathML
LaTex
LibreOffice
Select the appropriate output and, whenever you push the green check mark button, that format will be placed onto the clipboard for you.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 198
4.1.3.3
Targeting Office Products
4.1.3.3.1 Native Office Equations (OMML)
Microsoft Office products store their own equations using a specialized "language" called
Office Mathematical Markup Language (OMML). When targeting Office products, the equation tools OMML commands to the clipboard which can then be pasted directly into the Office products on both WIndows and Mac machines (requires Windows Word
2007 or later, Mac Word 2011 or later).
Once you have pasted an equation into Office, it is just as much a Office equation as one you created using Office's own equation editor. The equation tool no longer has any responsibility for what is displayed.
4.1.3.3.2 Getting Equations into Word
Once you have targeted Word, create an equation in the equation tool.
Once you have completed your equation, press the Green Check button to place a copy of the equation on the clipboard and change to Word.
Once Word has opened, Paste and your equation will be added to your Word document.
4.1.3.3.3 Editing Existing Equations
Once the equation has been pasted into Word, it is a Word equation, just like any other.
Simple editing of the equation can be done inside Word, with no further input from the equation tool.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 199
4.1.3.3.4 Restrictions
Native Word equations can only be rendered in Cambria font. This is a restriction in
Word rather than the equation tool. When you set the equation tool to Target Word, you will not be able to change the font.
When the equation tool gives the equation to Word, it gives up ALL control over how the equation is rendered. What you get in Word will not be exactly the same as what you saw in the equation tool.
Word has two modes for the display of equations. They can either be "InLine" which means that they are part of a line of text, or they can be "Display" which means that they sit in the middle of the page. You can change from one to the other by clicking on the arrow near the equation.
When Word renders an "Inline" equation, it can significantly change the sizing and display of the equation. Some customers find this disconcerting. Again, this aspect of Word equations is outside of the control of the equation tool.
4.1.4
Equations in Apple Pages
Unfortunately, support for equations in the Apple Pages application is particularly poor.
The only way to insert equations into a Pages document is to use Efofex Cloud.
4.2
FX Equation
FX Equation is an equation editor that takes the chore of formatting equations away from you. It is for people who love the output from the modern equation editors but hate using them. FX Equation automatically formats, with a minimum of input from you, just about all of the equations an average mathematics teacher uses everyday.
First a simple example:
If you want a simple equation in your document
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 200
normally you would have to load a large and cumbersome equation editor or type the equation into your word processor and manually italicise the variables and superscript the powers. Alternatively you could load FX Equation and type
F=v2/r=om2r
and press Enter.
FX Equation understands enough about equations to correctly format this for you.
Other examples of equations FX Equation can format include:
Limits ga=lim(n=>inf)(sigma(k=1,n) 1/k ln n)=0.5772 gives you
Integrals s(t) = s\0 + int v(t) dt gives you
Vectors (3,2) gives you
Fractions pi/4 gives you
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools
4.2.1
Entering Equations
4.2.1.1
Getting Started
FX Equation is simple in concept but far more versatile that you might first expect.
201
Most of the toolbar buttons are optional. The most important thing is to start typing and watch what happens!
4.2.1.2
Introducing Autoquate
FX Autoquate is an automatic equation recognition system. You type a mixture of text and equations and the system automatically detects which is which, formatting it as it goes.
No user intervention is required.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 202
FX Autoquate is highly efficient, extremely easy to use and will "get it right" almost all of the time.
If FX Autoquate does not produce what you were expecting, you can turn off the automatic system and manually select the sections that are equations.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 203
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools
4.2.1.3
The Calculator
FX Equation includes a calculator that you can use to simplify the entry of solutions.
204
To use the calculator, select a part of your entered equation and then push the Calculator
Button
FX Equation will evaluate the selection you have made and placed the value onto the clipboard. You can paste it in on the next line.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 205
The calculator allows you to create solutions to questions without reaching for your trusty scientific calculator.
4.2.1.4
Toolbar Equation Entry
FX Equation is designed to be used entirely from the keyboard but that relies on users remembering the codes to produce symbols and equation components. Toolbar Equation
Entry allows you to construct equations without needing to remember all the codes.
Toolbar Equation Entry also makes creation of some output, in particular piecewise defined functions and matrices, easier than just using the keyboard.
To use the Toolbar Equation Entry System:
1.
Move to the toolbar
2.
Click the button and a list of options will appear. Move to the desired tool and click again.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 206
3.
Sometimes FX Equation will just type the required command automatically. Other times, FX Equation will give you the opportunity to fill in some blanks.
4.
Push OK and FX Equation will build the required equation for you. Don't forget to look at the command FX Equation used so you can type your own next time (if you wish).
5.
The degrees button has no options, it will just add the degrees sign to your equation.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
4.2.1.5
Detect Column Vectors
The FX Equation toolbar has one very important button.
Equation Tools 207
This button determines how FX Equation formats things that include commas.
When the button is on, FX Equation will format something like (4,3) as a column vector. When it is off, FX Equation will leave (4,3) as an ordered pair.
This button controls an option (Detect Column Vectors) that used to be buried in the FX
Equation options screen. We have given it its own special button because it is something that you will often need to change.
Detecting column vectors also needs to be on for:
Matrices,
Piecewise Defined Functions,
Bounds of Definite Integrals
4.2.1.6
Equation Tool Reference
A full description of how to use FX Equation's equation entry technology to enter equations can be found in the Appendices.
Equation Tool Reference
4.2.1.7
International Considerations
FX Equation automatically detects the symbol you use as a decimal point  either . or ,
If you use . as a decimal point (eg 3.2), you will use , as a separator for entering vectors or matrices.
is entered as (3,2)
If you use , as a decimal point (eg 3,2), you will use ; as a separator for entering vectors or matrices
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 208
is entered as (3;2)
4.2.1.8
Set As Default
FX Equation keeps a "default" set of options for equations. It uses these default options whenever it creates a new equation. Once an equation is created, you can change that equation's options to suit your needs. Changing an equation's options does NOT change the default options.
If you have a option that you ALWAYS change, it is much quicker to make your setting part of the default options. This is very easy to do.
Create a new equation  it will be formatted with the default options.
Change the desired option.
Push the Set as Default button  your desired option will become the new default.
Notes for Advanced Users
The Set as Default buttons only affect the current options screen. If you make changes on multiple screens, you must push the Set As Default button on each screen.
Defaults are stored in the user's private profile. Every user gets to set their own options and defaults.
4.2.1.9
Complex Equations
The equation tool has only one limit on the complexity of the equations you can enter.
Matrices are limited to 20 by 20.
Because of the complexity of interpreting your entry, the equation tool will gradually slow as you enter a more complex equation but this will rarely impact on your use of the equation tool.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 209
In all likelihood, you will run out of steam before the equation tool does! Please note that the equation above is NOT meant to make any sense. It is just there to show you how capable the equation tool is.
4.2.1.10 My Equation is Not Formatted Correctly!
The equation tool makes its best attempt to interpret what the user has typed in a logical way. We have aimed to produce an equation editor that automatically formats nearly
100% of the equations a typical secondary teacher would need to produce. If your equation happens to be too ambiguous for the equation tool to handle, you may have to use one of the other tools available. We have not tried to replace these complex and highly versatile tools. We have simply tried to automate the most common equations.
4.2.2
Hints & Tips
4.2.2.1
Does FX Equation Balance Brackets?
No. FX Equation makes no attempt to examine the logical consistency of your brackets. It even treats the three types of brackets, ( { [ as being equivalent. It is up to you to ensure that what you type is logical.
4.2.2.2
Why Are Spaces So Important?
FX Equation attempts to automatically format most equations. Unfortunately many expressions are ambiguous, sin2x for example. We wanted FX Equation to automatically recognize sin 2 x while still allowing you to get sin 2x if you wish. The solution was where you put a space. If you leave a space between sin and 2x, you will get sin 2x. Without the space you get sin
2 x. This is much easier to use than describe. In general, if FX Equation does not format your equation the way you expect, try entering a space between things.
4.2.2.3
How Do I Enter An Ordered Pair?
Entering ordered pairs into the equation tool is not simple because the equation tool uses the comma (semicolon in some locations) to indicate column vectors. You type (2,3) and get a column vector.
1.
If you never use column vectors or matrices, you can just turn off the column vector feature.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 210
2.
Normal ordered pairs  things like (2,3)  are best just entered in Word. They require no special formatting so the equation tool's formatting tools are not needed.
4.2.2.4
How Do I Enter A Matrix?
Matrices are entered column by column. It is advisable to add a few spaces between the columns.
[1,2,3 4,5,6 7,8,9 :, :, : a,b,c]
You can also create matrices using the Matrix wizard on the toolbar.
4.2.2.5
How Do I Enter a Degrees Sign?
Degrees signs are entered with the ` key. This is normally the key NEXT to the 1 key and it normally produces a ~ when pressed whilst holding down the Shift key. The ` key is a backwards single quote. It is not the normal ' key (next to semicolon).
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 211
You can also use the degrees button on the toolbar
4.3
FX Chem
The idea is simple. If you want this equation in your document you will have to spend a large amount of time formatting what you have typed making sure that everything is in the correct place.
FX Chem makes this easy. Simply load FX Chem and type: mno4(aq) + 8h+(aq) + 5e < > mn2+(aq) + 4h2o(l)
No formatting is required. You do not even have to capitalise the elements correctly. FX
Chem takes this information and formats it into the equation above. You never have to touch the mouse. You never have to indicate what goes where. Simply type in the information.
4.3.1
Using FX Chem
4.3.1.1
How to Enter the Equations
Just type the information. Type everything including components that should be subscripted or superscripted. Do NOT capitalise the elements (i.e. enter sn NOT Sn for tin). FX Chem will do everything else. There are a few tricks to learn, but they should only take you a minute or so to grasp.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 212
4.3.1.2
The Arrows
Reaction arrows appear in many equations and you need to remember the codes necessary to produce them.
=> gives you a single arrow
< > gives you a double arrow
="above"> adds a message above the arrow
="above","below"> the comma allows information below the arrow as well
Notice that the words "above" and "below" are now surrounded by quotes. This prevents
FX Chem from formatting the words as chemical equations.
4.3.1.3
Unformatted Text
FX Chem will always try to make "chemical sense" out of what you have typed. This can lead to problems. For example, if you type catalyst into an equation, FX Chem will try to interpret it as elements and will format it this way.
CaTaIYSt
Calcium, Tantalum, an "l" that it cannot convert to an element, Yttrium, Sulphur and a renegade "t". Probably not what you intended!
You can force FX Chem to leave this text alone by surrounding it in quotes. By typing
"catalyst" with the quotes, you will get what you intended.
4.3.1.4
Nuclear Chemistry
FX Chem 2 introduces the use of curly brackets (braces) to produce nuclear chemistry equations.
For example:
{238,92} U will be formatted as
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 213
It is important to note that FX Chem does NOT check the validity of the mass numbers and atomic numbers. That is up to you. It does, however, give you a quick and easy way to produce the equations.
Neutrons, protons and electrons can be entered as follows:
{1,0} n {1,1}p {0,1}e
The curly brackets can be used in a
(see 5.16)
4.3.1.5
Multiline Equations
While you are creating an equation, pushing Enter/Return allows you to start a new line.
This will create a new equation on a new line.
4.3.1.6
Editing Your Equations
If you wish to edit the equation at a later time, simply double click on the equation and you will be returned to the FX Chem window. You can make any desired changes to your equation and then click outside the equation when you are happy with the changes.
4.3.1.7
Co(NO3)2 becomes CO(NO3)2!
One of FX Chem's most useful features is its ability to capitalise elements for you. This can save you large amounts of time when entering equations. Some elements will cause
FX Chem problems. For example, if you type co, FX Chem will ALWAYS interpret that as carbon/oxygen and change it to CO. This, obviously, will almost always be a correct interpretation. If you really want cobalt, Co, enter it correctly capitalised as Co and FX
Chem will leave it alone. In other words, if your compound contains ONLY lower case letters, FX Chem will capitalise it for you taking its best guess. If FX Chem finds any upper case letters in your compound it will leave it as you wrote it. That way you can always get the required result.
This issue can also affect Si compounds.
4.3.1.8
Degrees
You can enter a degrees sign (eg 24°) by using the ` key. This is a small backwards dash and it is normally found on the top left hand side of the keyboard, next to the 1 key and under the ~ (tilde). This character will be automatically replaced with the degrees sign.
This is the same convention we use in all Efofex products.
4.3.1.9
Delta H
Type deh to enter delta H to indicate changes in enthalpy. This can also be entered as
DEH.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 214
4.3.1.10 Neutrinos and Antineutrinos
Neutrinos are indicated in chemical equations using the Greek letter nu. To use neutrinos in a chemical equation, just type nu. To enter an antineutrino, type nu_ (nu followed by the underscore character).
4.3.1.11 Changing Your Equations
4.3.1.11.1 Text Formatting
While creating your equation, you can modify the formatting of your text using Word
Processor style commands and buttons.
In some modes you will not be able to change the font name or size as these are determined by external factors.
Press the Set Default button to set the current font to be the default font.
4.3.1.11.2 Other Options
While you are creating an equation, press the Edit Options button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 215
Using this screen, you can change the level and relative size of the different components of your equations. This gives you fine control over what is produced. Try moving the sliders up and down and keep an eye on the example equation at the top. It will show you the results of your changes.
The Equilibrium Arrow Type allows you to select between four different ways of drawing equilibrium arrows. You should select the one that best suits your local conventions. The example equation at the top will change to reflect the different arrow types.
Reaction arrows are automatically resized to accommodate any text you have above and below the arrow. If there is no text, the arrow will revert to a minimum size. You can set this minimum size by moving the Default Arrow Width slider.
The Italicize Phase checkbox determines whether FX Chem italicizes phase information.
The Reset button will reset all options to the original settings as supplied.
The Set as Default button saves your current settings and will use them for all future equations.
4.3.1.12 Organic Chemistry
FX Chem recognises the use of R to represent hydrocarbon groups.
4.3.1.13 Can FX Chem Balance Equations?
The simple answer is no. FX Chem is designed as a small tool to make a difficult job much more efficient. It is a publication tool, not a teaching tool and makes no attempts to be one. FX Chem makes no attempt at checking the "validity" of what has been typed. It
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Equation Tools 216
also makes no attempt at balancing the equation. This allows you to write equations that are NOT balanced for use in tests. FX Chem is not trying to replace your knowledge of chemistry, just make your job easier.
4.3.1.14 My Equation is Not Formatted Correctly!
FX Chem makes its best attempt to interpret what the user has typed in a logical way.
99% of the time this will be fine. In the other 1% you may have to revert to other means.
Chemistry is a science of exceptions and your equation may contain one that FX Chem does not know about yet. If you inform us of the equation that FX Chem has not processed correctly, we will add your exception to FX Chem's list.
4.3.1.15 A Neat Trick
The curly brackets are normally used for nuclear chemistry but they can also be used to create some "bizarre" equations that FX Chem will refuse to format automatically.
For example, if you want to write
Na2+
FX Chem will not be happy. It obviously does not "know" Na2+ and will not produce it.
Unfortunately, that is exactly the strange sort of thing a chemistry teacher will need to write sometimes  to test a student's knowledge.
You can actually create this strange ion by typing na{2+}
FX Chem will treat the 2+ as the mass number of an element and put the 2+ where you want it. This trick allows you to force things to be superscript even if FX Chem does not agree with you.
Similarly, you can use the curly brackets to force things into subscript.
na{ ,2+}
The comma tells FX Chem that the mass number is finished and the atomic number is beginning and the 2+ will be subscripted
Na2+
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 217
5 Appendices
5.1
A  Equation Tool Reference
5.1.1
Absolute Value
Absolute values are entered with the  key. On most keyboards it is above the Enter key and shares the key with \. To enter  you hold Shift when entering.
On some keyboards, especially languages other than English, this key is show as two vertical dashes  one above the other.
eg.


Absolute value signs are difficult for FX Equation because they have no "direction". Unlike other brackets, you can not easily tell if  is opening a new absolute value or closing an existing one. IF FX Equation interprets your absolute value incorrectly, you can use this code:
[
] value absolute value followed by square bracket opens an absolute value square bracket followed by an absolute value closes an absolute
The square bracket will not be displayed  it is only used to indicate the direction of the absolute value sign.
is entered as [ ([x]  [y])/2 ]
5.1.2
Arcs
You can mark any equation component with an arc over the top using the arc command.
Example:
ABC
is entered as arc(ABC)
NOTE: arc is not correctly rendered in Word when using Copy/Paste integration.
5.1.3
Boxes
You can draw boxes around equation components, or create empty "fill in the blank" boxes, using the box command.
Examples:
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
3 + = 9 is entered as 3 + box = 9
x
2
+ 4x + 1 is entered as box(x2) + 4x + 1
5.1.4
Combinations & Permutations
Combinations and permutations are entered in nCr form. The equation tool can format the combinations and permutations in three ways.
Examples:
10
C
2 is entered as 10C2
n
P
n – 2 is entered as nP(n2)
Set the display option on the Styles tab.
218
5.1.5
Complex Numbers
The equation tool correctly formats complex numbers without any extra input on your part and recognises cis, arg and mod.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.1.6
Composite Functions
Enter as written fog(x)
5.1.7
Decimals
The equation tool asks Windows what symbol you are using for decimal points (usually a full stop or a comma). It then uses the OTHER symbol for its vector separator. For example, Australia uses a dot as a decimal point so the equation tool uses a comma for the entering of vectors and matrices so
219
is entered as (3,2).
5.1.8
Definite Integral Bounds
FX Equation supports a special notation to show the bounds of a definite integral.
For example.
If you wish to calculate this definite integral
You might need to enter this intermediate line in your calculations.
You can enter these bounds as [x3/3]1,2
5.1.9
Degrees
Degrees signs are entered with the ` key. This is normally the key NEXT to the 1 key and it normally produces a ~ when pressed whilst holding down the Shift key.
The ` key is a backwards single quote. It is not the normal ' key (next to semicolon).
eg
32`
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 220
5.1.10 Derivative At A Point
Derivatives at a point can be entered using the @ symbol. The location of the derivative is entered in brackets after the @ symbol.
Example:
d dx
x
2
– 4
x = 3 is entered as d/dx x2 4 @(x=3)
The @ command is NOT dependent on the derivative being present. It can be used independently of other commands if desired.
Example:
4x + 1
4 is entered as 4x+1 @(4)
NOTE:
The @ symbol was previously used as an alternative for entering the partial derivative symbol. This use has been deprecated. If you wish to use the partial derivative symbol, you should use the pd command. Any existing equations using the @ symbol will need to be recoded to use pd.
5.1.11 Displaying Units
The equation tool can detect units and display them using different settings. This allows you to clearly delineate things such as
All you need to do to use this feature is to tell the equation tool what to consider a unit.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 221
These units are our suggestions. You can set the units to whatever you require  and change them on an equation by equation basis.
Note for Advanced Users.
Single letter, lower case units (eg s, g, h, and m) are usually best left off this list. Putting them on the list causes the equation tool to behave counterintuitively, although totally logically.
For example...
The h has been formatted using the units formatting but not the way the user was expecting.
5.1.12 Dots
A character can have a dot or two dots added above it by typing a colon or two colons directly after the character. Only one character can be modified in this way.
Example: is entered as r : is entered as x ::
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 222
is entered as 0.23 :
5.1.13 Entering Equations
Equations are entered into the equation tool by typing what you see WITHOUT formatting. On most occasions the equation tool will automatically format your equation for you.
For example. If you want the equation simply load the equation tool and enter 3x3+2x27. The equation tool automatically formats the powers and italicizes the variables.
Simple fractions are also entered as you see them. In other words if you want you enter it as 3x3/2x4 and The equation tool will automatically build the appropriate fraction. Most simple equations can be entered this way, with NO formatting on your part. More complicated equations will require some extra input on your part.
5.1.14 Equation Numbers
FX Equation can add equation numbers to equations. These are useful when defining systems of simultaneous equations.
Equation numbers are entered by surrounding a digit with parentheses.
Example:
3x + y = 3
12x – 3y = 4 is entered as
3x+y=3 (1)
12x3y=4 (2)
FX Equation will only render equation numbers when the equation number has some white space around it. For example, if you type sin(3), FX Equation will NOT convert the
(3) to an equation number.
You must have the following option checked to use equation numbers.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 223
5.1.15 Equation Options
5.1.15.1 Accessing Equation Options
There are many options for the rendering and interpretation of equations. These are accessed with this button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 224
The options are discussed later in the manual.
5.1.15.2 Fonts
This screen allows you to control the fonts used in equations.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 225
5.1.15.2.1 Standard Equation Font
If you choose to use the current text font, your equation will just use the font that is currently selected in the text box. This means that if you are typing in Arial 12pt, your equation will also be in Arial 12pt.
Many users want to standardize on one font for equations (often Times New Roman) regardless of the text around the equation. You can choose this by choosing Use Standard
Equation Font and selecting the font you want to use.
Some users want to standardize even further and always use a specific font size for equations  regardless of the text around the equation. You can do this by checking the
Use Standard Font Size box.
Whatever you choose can be overridden by selecting parts of the equation and manually changing the formatting.
5.1.15.2.2 Font Modifiers
Each component of an equation can be formatted differently. You can format functions in bold, italicise variables and lots of other options  all automatically. Just set the options for each of the different parts of your equation. Most users choose to italicise variables.
Automatic font modifiers you choose can be overridden by selecting parts of the equation and manually changing the formatting.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 226
5.1.15.3 Vectors
5.1.15.3.1 Column Vectors
If you wish to enter vectors in the vertical format, they are simply entered as (3,2) using a comma as a separator. Threedimensional vectors are entered in the same way. If you normally use a comma as a decimal point, the equation tool will automatically detect this and you must use a semicolon to separate components of a vertical vector.
Examples: is entered as (3,2x) or (3;2x) is entered as (3,2,5) or (3;2;5) is entered as r=(2,7)+la(1,4) or r=(2;7)+la(1;4)
You must have selected the Detect Column Vectors option to allow FX Equation to detect column vectors and matrices.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.1.15.3.2 Automatic Vectors
The equation tool can automatically recognize some vectors if you choose to turn the feature on. The equation tool can recognize some lowercase vectors and double capital vectors. This feature is activated by default and can be controlled by on the Equation /
Vectors option screen.
227
5.1.15.3.2.1 Lowercase Vectors
The equation tool will only detect lowercase vectors if automatic recognition is switched on.
If you are using vectors of the form
The equation tool can automatically recognise that you are typing a vector and make the r, i and j bold. The equation tool can also be set to indicate vectors using lines, tildes or arrows, depending on your preference.
This automatic recognition of vectors can save you hours of time, but the equation tool may sometimes get the automatic recognition incorrect. By default, the equation tool will take its "best guess", you can also turn this feature off or alternatively, explicitly tell the equation tool which variables to recognise as vectors.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 228
It is important to remember that you do not need to tell the equation tool that you are working with a vector, the equation tool will automatically identify this.
Example:
is entered as r=(3i+2j+k)+la(ij+3k)
Lowercase vectors can be display bold, with an arrow over the top or with a line or tilde underneath the vector.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 229
5.1.15.3.2.2 Double Capitals
The equation tool will only detect Double Capital vectors if automatic recognition is switched on.
Double capital letters are used to represent line segments, rays and vectors. The equation tool can automatically place an annotation over double capitals. You would use this feature if you were, for example, entering a lot of position vectors in an exam.
Examples: is entered as AB = OB  OA is entered as OA=sr(9+16) is entered as cos th = (AB.BC)/(AB  BC)
The annotation used by the equation tool can be set using the Vector Options
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.1.15.4 Styles
Appendices 230
5.1.15.4.1 Multiplication Sign
When using the equation tool, you enter a multiplication sign using the * key. The equation tool can display your sign in one of three ways, as an ´, a raised dot ( × ) or an *.
The equation tool will display any entered multiplication sign AND the multiplication sign in scientific notation using this setting.
5.1.15.4.2 Raising The Decimal Point
Some locations prefer that the decimal point is raised.
ie.
3·2 rather than 3.2
This option will only take effect if you use a dot as a decimal point.
5.1.15.4.3 Integrals
Integrals can be drawn in two different ways  with the bounds to the right of the integral sign or with the bounds above and below.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.1.15.4.4 Mixed Numerals
Mixed Numerals are created automatically if you have selected the Format Mixed
Numerals option.
is entered as 3 1/2
231
5.1.15.4.5 Negative Numbers
The equation tool offers you the option to display negative numbers differently to subtraction signs.
The three options produce these results.
5.1.15.5 Units
The equation tool can detect units and display them using different settings. This allows you to clearly delineate things such as
All you need to do to use this feature is to tell the equation tool what to consider a unit.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 232
These units are our suggestions. You can set the units to whatever you require  and change them on an equation by equation basis.
Note for Advanced Users.
Single letter, lower case units (eg s, g, h, and m) are usually best left off this list. Putting them on the list causes FX Equation to behave counterintuitively, although totally logically.
For example...
The h has been formatted using the units formatting but not the way the user was expecting.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.1.15.6 Matrix
You can adjust vertical and horizontal spacing for your matrices as well as alignment.
233
5.1.15.7 Shortcuts
Each shortcut is on a separate line. To edit a shortcut, just move the cursor into the shortcut and start typing. To create a new shortcut, move the cursor to the bottom of
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
the list and start typing.
Shortcuts are formatted as
The code  followed by the tab key  followed by the desired output
Example: qf»x=(b+sr(b24ac))/2a
The qf is the code
The » is produced by pushing the tab key
The x=(b+sr(b24ac))/2a is the desired output.
5.1.16 Fractions
We have already seen how to enter some simple fractions. Fractions with complicated numerators or denominators must have the numerator and/or denominator surrounded by brackets. These brackets will not be displayed, they are used as logical brackets so that you clearly indicate the elements that comprise the numerator and denominator.
Examples: is entered as (3x+2)/4 is entered as ((x+1)2(x+2))/(x+1)
234
is entered as x=(b + sr(b24ac))/2a or you can use the qf standard shortcut.
is entered as 1/(1+4x^(3x/2)+1/(2x2+1/2))
The equation technology can be
set to shrink nonalgebraic fractions
(like the 1/2 in the equation above). This usually produces superior results and is necessary for the display of mixed numerals
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 235
5.1.17 Greatest Integer
Greatest Integer signs are entered as [  and  ]
Example: is entered as [x2+3x1]
5.1.18 Greek Letters
All Greek letters are supported. They are all entered using a two character code. The two character code is always the first two letters of the letter's name. Upper case Greek letters that use the same character as normal text are not explicitly supported. (eg upper case alpha = A) ph ch ps om rh si ta up mu nu xi pi th io ka la de ep ze et
Code al be ga
Lower Case Greek Letter a b e z g d n x l m i k h q u f c y w s t p r alpha beta gamma delta epsilon zeta eta theta iota kappa lambda mu nu xi pi rho sigma tau upsilon phi chi psi omega
Code
GA
DE
TH
LA
XI
Upper Case Greek Letter
G
D
Q
L
X gamma delta theta lamda xi
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
PI
SI
UP
PH
PS
OM
P
S
¡
F
Y
W pi sigma upsilon phi psi omega
Examples: is entered as pi/4 is entered as sin2 th
5.1.19 Horizontal Lines
You can add a horizontal line to any multiline equation using the hl command.
236
5.1.20 Integrals
Integrals can be entered using the int command.
Example: is entered as int x dx
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 237
For definite integrals, the upper and lower bounds are placed in brackets and separated by a comma (see Decimals).
is entered as int(1,1)x2+1 dx is entered as int(pi/4,pi/2)e^(sinx) cos x dx
Integrals can be drawn in two different ways  with the bounds to the right of the integral sign or with the bounds above and below. This option is set in the Styles section of the preferences.
5.1.21 International Considerations
,
The equation tool automatically detects the symbol you use as a decimal point  either . or
If you use . as a decimal point (eg 3.2), you will use , as a separator for entering vectors or matrices.
is entered as (3,2)
If you use , as a decimal point (eg 3,2), you will use ; as a separator for entering vectors or matrices
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
is entered as (3;2)
5.1.22 Limits
Limits are entered using the lim command. The value the limit approaches is placed in brackets. Limits are the main use of the > code which produces an arrow.
Examples: is entered as lim(x>3) 3x/4 is entered as lim(h>0) (f(x+h)f(x))/h is entered as lim(x>1+) h(x) is entered as lim(x>inf)(5x24x+2)/(3x2+3x2)
5.1.23 Logarithms
Normally, numbers written immediately after a function are raised as a power automatically.
Example: is entered as cos2 x log is treated differently. Entering log2 x will generate.
This makes generation of logarithms automatic.
238
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 239
5.1.24 Logic Symbols
The equation tool supports the creation of logic equations. All logic codes are preceded by
_
_and
_or
_not
_iff
_imp
_nor
_qed
~ or ¬ or or or •
Codes with multiple possible outputs are controlled using the Logic Symbols page on the options screen.
Select the symbols you wish to use for each code then press Set As Default.
5.1.25 Matrices
Examples: is entered as [2,3 4,6]
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 240
is entered as [1,2,3 4,5,6 7a,8,1/2 ]
The equation tool MUST be set to detect column vectors in order to detect matrices.
5.1.26 Means and Complements
A character can have a line added above it by typing an underscore _ directly after the character. Only one character can be modified in this way. This can be used to show means and complements.
Example: is entered as x_
5.1.27 Mixed Numerals
Mixed Numerals are created automatically if you have selected the Format Mixed
Numerals option.
is entered as 3 1/2
The Format Mixed Numerals option is available in the Styles page of the equation tools options.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 241
5.1.28 Multiplication Sign
When using the equation tool, you enter a multiplication sign using the * key. The equation tool can display your sign in one of three ways.
The equation tool will display any entered multiplication sign AND the multiplication sign in
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
scientific notation.
Appendices
5.1.29 Negative Numbers
The equation tool will detect most negative numbers. For example, if you type
9  3
The equation tool will detect that the first and third  signs are indicating negation whereas the middle  is indicating subtraction.
The equation tool offers you the option to display negative numbers differently.
242
The three options produce these results.
5.1.30 No Width Spaces
Sometimes you need to enter a space so that the equation tool correctly formats your input, but the extra space messes up the output.
For example if you need to enter...
you have a problem. If you enter pirh the equation tool will interpret the rh as rho and produce:
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
but if you add a space between the r and h, the equation tool will produce:
243
What you need is a way of stopping the equation tool from treating the rh as one thing.
You need to separate the r and h to stop the character replacement.
To stop the replacement, type !! The !! will be used by the equation tool to format your input but will NOT effect the output.
5.1.31 nth Roots
Any root of a function can be shown using the root keyword.
Examples: is entered as 3root x is entered as xroot 2x2
5.1.32 Piecewise Defined Functions
The equation tool's matrix feature can be used to enter piecewise defined functions.
is entered as y={x2,3x,0,(5x2+1) :, :, :, : (x<2),(
2<=x<4),(x=4),(x>4)
5.1.33 Powers
Most powers will be automatically recognised by the equation tool. The equation tool will not automatically recognise powers if you require a variable as a power you require a function as a power you require a power of a number you require a complicated power.
In these cases you need to explicitly indicate the power using the ^ symbol. As with fractions, complicated powers need to be surrounded with brackets. These brackets will not be displayed.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 244
Examples:
is entered as x2 is entered as a^m is entered as e^(sinth) is entered as 3^2 is entered as x^(2y+3) is entered as e^x2 is entered as x^(1/2)
5.1.34 Predictions
Statistical predictions ("y hat") are entered using a DOUBLE power symbol.
Example:
is entered as y^^
5.1.35 Preventing Formatting
On occasions you will want to prevent the equation tool from formatting a section of an equation. Usually this will be if you want some text in an equation. Surrounding the text in quotes will prevent it being formatted.
Example: is entered as x = 3 “and” y = 4
Please note that this is usually not an issue when using FX Autoquate automatic equation recognition.
5.1.36 Product Notation
Product notation is entered using the product command. The parameters are placed in brackets and are separated with a comma.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Example:
is entered as product(i=1,10) x\i
5.1.37 Raising The Decimal Point
Some locations prefer that the decimal point is raised.
ie.
3·2 rather than 3.2
Appendices 245
This option will only take effect if you use a dot as a decimal point.
5.1.38 Recognized Functions
The equation tool automatically recognises functions and formats them differently, according to your preferences. The functions that the equation tool recognises are:
sin cos tan ln asin acos atan log sec cosec cot abs sinh tanh arg cosh
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
normal cis mod
Appendices 246
5.1.39 Recurring Decimals
Entered using the : key and the _ key.
is entered as 2.4: is entered as 2.4_
is entered as 2.1_234
5.1.40 Scientific Notation
The equation tool can automatically format scientific notation. The capital E followed by a number will be transformed into 10 to the power of the number.
The equation tool will correctly format numbers with negative exponents.
The equation tool will use the currently selected multiplication symbol ( or ).
Examples: is entered as 1.2E15
is entered as 3.2E1+1.2E1
5.1.41 Short Division
You can create a short division using the div command.
Example:
x – 1 x
2
– 1 is entered as (x1)div(x21)
NOTE: div is not correctly rendered in Word when using Copy/Paste integration.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 247
5.1.42 Shortcuts
Shortcuts allow you to quickly add common equations to your documents. The quadratic function for example.
To enter the quadratic function in FX Equation, you would normally type x=(b+sr(b24ac))/2a to generate this equation. Shortcuts allow you to enter it by typing qf
We have entered some shortcuts for you to get started.
qf pv7 pv20 but you can edit our shortcuts or create your own to suit your workstyle.
5.1.43 Sigma Notation
Sigma notation is entered using the sigma command. The parameters are placed in brackets and are separated with a comma.
Example:
is entered as sigma(i=1,10) x\i
5.1.44 Spaces
Spaces change the way a particular equation is interpreted and therefore formatted. This can best be illustrated using these examples.
is entered as sin2 th
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 248
is entered as sin 2th
The only difference between the two equations is the location of a space. Spaces can be used to add space between characters but they can also be used to indicate a change of mode
5.1.45 Square Roots
sqrt or sr may be used to indicate square roots. Complicated square roots will need to be surrounded with brackets. Square roots may be included as part of more complicated equations.
Examples:
is entered as sr 4 or sqrt 4 is entered as sr(x2+y2) or sqrt(x2+y2) is entered as (sr3)/2
5.1.46 Subscripts
The \ (backslash) symbol is used to indicate the next character or group of characters is a subscript. Complicated subscripts must be surrounded with brackets which will not be displayed. Please Note: On some keyboards (eg Swedish) the \ key is not accessible in
Word. The § key can be used instead.
Examples:
is entered as T\n (or T§n) is entered as T\(n+1) (or T§(n+1))
5.1.47 Symbols
Mathematicians use a large number of specialised symbols and FX Equation attempts to make accessing these symbols as easy as possible. Any symbol that is not on the keyboard is entered using one of two methods.
Either
A key is designated to be automatically replaced. The two symbols that use this
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 249
approach are
° uses the ` key (usually next to the 1 on the keyboard)
´ uses the * key. The * symbol is often used to represent multiplication on computers.
or
A code is used and this code is automatically replaced with the appropriate symbol. The code chosen has been chosen to be easily remembered and is usually a logical combination of characters. For example is built from < and = so the code is <= is built from two wavy lines so the code is ~ ~
Some codes are built from the word describing the symbol.
(infinity) the code is inf
Code
< =
> =
< > or = /
= ~ or ~=
~ ~
 =
+ 
 +
*
/ (followed by a space)
` or o
 >
= > dp inf tri ang perp
$and
$or element notelement subset notsubset propersubset es prop
Symbol
*, or ·
·
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
pd tf te fa nabla au
CC
ZZ
RR
NN
_and
_or
_not
_iff
_imp
_nor
_qed
Note: Some symbols have two codes.
Å
Complex Number Set Symbol
Integer Number Set Symbol
Rational Number Set Symbol
Real Number Set Symbol
Natural Number Set Symbol or •
~ or ¬ or or is entered as 0` <= x <= 360` is entered as x > inf
5.1.48 Text Formatting
Text can be formatted using standard Word Processing tools.
250
You can change fonts, sizes, colours and styles. Most of these options will behave exactly as you expect but there are a few small but significant differences.
5.1.48.1 Strikeout
If you select some text and choose the strikeout option, the results will look a little different to what you expect, particularly in equations.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 251
This allows you to clearly show process in some questions.
5.1.48.2 The Default Font
If you press the Set Default Font button, the currently selected font will be set as FX
Equation's default font. This will affect and text and equations entered into a new FX
Equation box.
You can override the default font for all or part of an equation by selecting the relevant text and changing the formatting.
Note: This setting will NOT override the Standard Equation Font if you have set one.
5.1.48.3 Standard Fonts
Many teachers want to use a standard font (and sometimes font size) for all equations, regardless of any other formatting. For example, you might want to render all equations in Times New Roman 12 point.
Push the Options button and select the Fonts Page
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 252
If this is set to Use Current Text Font, FX Equation will use whatever font you currently have selected. This font may have come from Word, or it may be FX Equation's default font or some other font you have set.
With this setting (Use Standard Equation Font but not a Standard Size), FX Equation will use whatever font size is currently selected to render the equation but the equation will
ALWAYS be rendered in Times New Roman regardless of any font settings I have selected.
With these settings, all equations will be rendered in Times New Roman 12 pt.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 253
5.1.49 Brackets
We have already seen the use of brackets to logically identify the numerator and denominator in complicated fractions. This is a very important use of brackets. Brackets are also used to logically identify powers and subscripts.
All three bracket types {, [ and ( may be used interchangeably in the equation tool and the equation tool makes no distinction between them. The equation tool does not even check to see if brackets are paired. You are responsible for this. If there is a fraction inside a bracket, the bracket is automatically resized.
Example: is entered as 3[(x2)2+1/2]
5.1.50 Vector Support
The equation tool supports many different ways of defining and displaying vectors. You can either indicate exactly what you want to show as a vector and how you want it shown or you can allow the equation tool to detect and display vectors automatically.
5.1.50.1 Column Vectors
If you wish to enter vectors in the vertical format, they are simply entered as (3,2) using a comma as a separator. Threedimensional vectors are entered in the same way. If you normally use a comma as a decimal point, the equation tool will automatically detect this and you must use a semicolon to separate components of a vertical vector.
Examples:
is entered as (3,2x) or (3;2x) is entered as (3,2,5) or (3;2;5) is entered as r=(2,7)+la(1,4) or r=(2;7)+la(1;4)
You must have selected the Detect Column Vectors option to allow the equation tool to detect column vectors and matrices.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
or
Appendices 254
5.1.50.2 Automatic Vectors
The equation tool can automatically recognize some vectors if you choose to turn the feature on. The equation tool can recognize some lowercase vectors and double capital vectors. This feature is activated by default and can be controlled by on the Equation /
Vectors option screen.
5.1.50.2.1 Lowercase Vectors
The equation tool will only detect lowercase vectors if automatic recognition is switched on.
If you are using vectors of the form
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 255
The equation tool can automatically recognise that you are typing a vector and make the r, i and j bold. The equation tool can also be set to indicate vectors using lines, tildes or arrows, depending on your preference.
This automatic recognition of vectors can save you hours of time, but the equation tool may sometimes get the automatic recognition incorrect. By default, the equation tool will take its "best guess", you can also turn this feature off or alternatively, explicitly tell the equation tool which variables to recognise as vectors.
It is important to remember that you do not need to tell the equation tool that you are working with a vector, the equation tool will automatically identify this.
Example:
is entered as r=(3i+2j+k)+la(ij+3k)
Lowercase vectors can be display bold, with an arrow over the top or with a line or tilde underneath the vector.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 256
5.1.50.2.2 Double Capitals
FX Equation technology will only detect Double Capital vectors if automatic recognition is switched on.
Double capital letters are used to represent line segments, rays and vectors. The equation tool can automatically place an annotation over double capitals. You would use this feature if you were, for example, entering a lot of position vectors in an exam.
Examples:
is entered as AB = OB  OA is entered as OA=sr(9+16) is entered as cos th = (AB.BC)/(AB  BC)
The annotation used by the equation tool can be set using the Vector Options
5.2
B  Statistics Tool Reference
5.2.1
Using The Stat Tool
5.2.1.1
The Three Views
The stat tool provides three views of your data. The data view, statistics view and the graph view.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 257
5.2.1.2
The Data View
The data view is the main area in the stat tool and it contains most of the less obvious features. A good look at this section will pay large dividends in the use of the stat tool.
5.2.1.2.1 Think in Columns!
The stat tool "thinks" in columns and you need to keep this in mind when using it.
Graphs show the information in whole columns.
Statistics are calculated on whole columns.
Formulas operate on the whole column at once.
It is perhaps the last point that is most different to a spreadsheet. For example, moving into column B and typing
= Rank(A) will place the rank of each datum in column A into column B. It works on the whole column at once. In a traditional spreadsheet you would need to copy this formula into each cell in the column.
5.2.1.2.2 Formulas Work Once!
Formulas in the stat tool only work once. Move into a column, type your formula and that column is updated. Your column will NOT continue to be updated automatically as new data is entered. If you want your column to automatically update, you need to use a
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.2.1.2.3 Column Types
The stat tool supports five different types of columns:
Data Columns
Appendices 258
Data columns are used to enter raw data and are indicated with an "x" under the title.
Frequency Columns
Frequency columns are used in conjunction with group columns and data columns to indicate frequencies of data. In the example, column B holds frequencies that relate to the data in column A. Frequency columns are indicated with a "f" under the title.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Group Columns
Appendices 259
Group columns hold the bounds for grouped data. They need to be associated with a frequency column to hold data. Group columns are indicated with "1020" under the title.
Label Columns
Label columns hold text that will be used as labels for some graph types. Label columns are indicated with "ABC" under the title.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Formula Columns
Appendices 260
Formula columns operate a little like a traditional spreadsheet. Formula columns are automatically updated when the source data is changed. In the example, column B is a formula column that is operating the formula "= 2A". Whenever data in column A is changed, column B is automatically updated. Formula columns are indicated with "=" under the title.
5.2.1.2.4 Column Type Detection
The stat tool automatically detects most column types. As you enter text or groups in a column, the stat tool will quickly detect what you are doing and will change the column type to suit your entries.
Any column type that has been automatically detected will be shown in grey .
In this example, all of these columns have been automatically identified by the stat tool and the column types are shown in grey .
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Sometimes, the stat tool will not be able to automatically detect a column's type. In these cases, you will need to explicitly set a column's type. Column types that you have explicitly set are shown in black.
261
In the example, there is no automatic way of knowing whether column B should be treated as a frequency column, attached to column A, or as a new data column. In this
case I have explicitly changed the column's type
to frequency. the stat tool shows this by rendering the "f" in black.
5.2.1.2.5 Changing Column Types
If the stat tool has not automatically identified your column correctly, you can explicitly change a column's type in two ways.
Click on the Column Type Cell
As you click on this cell, it will cycle through all the available column types. The frequency column type is not always available.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Right Click Anywhere in the Column
Column types (auto, data, label, group, frequency and formula) can be set using the data view's rightclick menu.
262
Frequency Columns
The frequency column type will only be available if the column is to the immediate right of a data or group column (or another frequency column). Frequency columns always
"belong" to a group or data column to their left. If this is not possible, the frequency column option will not appear.
5.2.1.2.6 Data Columns
Data columns contain most data in the stat tool. They have no special features associated with them. If a data column has a frequency column to the immediate right of it, the frequency column contains the frequencies for each data item in the data column.
Column A is a normal data column. Column D is a data column with an attached frequency column. the stat tool will graph and find statistics for column D using all 19 data points.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 263
5.2.1.2.7 Label Columns
Label columns can contain alphanumeric data that will be used as labels for bar and column graphs, pie graphs and (optionally) line graphs.
Normally you would only have one label column in a data set and, once a column is set to the label type, the label column is automatically used by the graph view.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.2.8 Using Frequency Columns
Frequency columns are used to indicate frequency information for both data and group columns. They allow you to enter frequency tables and grouped data.
264
The stat tool correctly identifies the first set of data as having 50 elements and the second set 200. Statistics and graphs are generated utilising the frequency information.
Group and data columns can have multiple frequency columns attached to them  each frequency column using the same groups/data.
You can enter your data directly into frequency tables or grouped data tables.
Alternatively, frequency columns can be automatically generated from raw data when you use the
,
and
GroupE functions in the data view.
5.2.1.2.9 Entering Grouped Data
Grouped data is entered into a grouped data frequency table. The Group column contains the bounds of the groups and the attached frequency column(s) contain the number of data points in each group.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 265
What do the Group Entries Mean?
The bounds of the groups are entered as two numbers separated by a hyphen; lower bound – higher bound.
For example:
20 – 30
30 – 40 for data points where for data points where
20
30
£
£
x < 30
x < 40
It is important to note that a value of 30 should go into the second group.
The stat tool gives you the power to automatically group data using the
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.2.10 Entering Formulas
To enter a formula for a column:
Move your cursor to somewhere in the column and type =.
A formula entry box will pop up and allow you to enter your formula.
266
The stat tool has FX Equation technology built in so you can see your formulas formatted as you type.
Click on OK and your column’s data will be updated  ONCE. This onceoff behaviour is significantly different to the behaviour of a spreadsheet.
The Formula Column check box allows you to convert the column into a formula column that automatically updates its data when you modify its source data.
5.2.1.2.11 Formula Columns
Formula columns contain any valid formula. The main difference is that the contents of the column are constantly updated as data in other columns changes. They behave more like a traditional spreadsheet.
It is important to note that formula columns slow down the stat tool. When you change a data point, the stat tool already has to recalculate the statistics view and construct a new graph in the graph view. Adding formula columns can seriously degrade the program’s performance, particularly on slower machines.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 267
5.2.1.2.12 Column Titles
Column titles are used in some graphs and statistics. By default, the first column title is A, the second B and so on. If you wish to enter a new title for the column, right click on the column. The rightclick menu will pop up.
Select the title option and enter your new title.
If you rightclick ON the title cell (the A at the top of the column) you will not see this rightclick menu, you will just jump straight to the column title box.
Even if you have given a column a title, you must still use the column’s letter in any formulas.
5.2.1.2.13 Fill Down
You can automatically create a lot of data by using the stat tool’s fill down.
Hover the mouse over the small square at the bottom right of the selected cells. The cursor will change to show that fill down is available.
Click and hold the left mouse button as you move down the column. the stat tool will create new cells that logically follow from the original selection.
The fill down feature looks at the current selection and tries to intelligently continue your pattern.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 268
5.2.1.2.14 Masking Data
The stat tool can mask data in columns. When data is masked, it will not be graphed and will not be part of statistics.
You can mask data in the Data View by selecting it and pushing the Mask button (or typing
Ctrl+M).
Masked data is greyed out in the data view.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 269
5.2.1.2.15 Highlighting Data
The stat tool can highlight data in columns.
You can highlight data in the Data View by selecting it and pushing the Highlight button (or typing Ctrl+B).
Highlighted data is green in the data view.
In most (but not all) cases, the highlighted data will also be highlighted on the graph. Each graph type has its own way of showing highlighted data.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 270
5.2.1.2.16 Re Run Formulas
The rerun button allows you to rerun the last formula in the currently selected column. As the data generators are based on formulas, the rerun button can also rerun data generators.
There are two ways of using the button.
Rerun the formula in a new column. This allows you to quickly construct a number of data sets.
Rerun the formula in the same column. This allows you to rapidly simulate a large number of trials.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 271
5.2.1.2.17 Quick Graph
If you rightclick on a column, you can quickly add the column to your graph view.
Quick graph adds the column to the first available graph slot.
The Quick Graph option will only appear in the rightclick menu if the column you click in is
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
able to be graphed. Label and Group columns cannot be graphed.
5.2.1.2.18 Quick Group
If you rightclick on a data column, you can quickly group the data using the stat tool's default settings.
272
the stat tool will place the grouped data in the first available columns.
Quick group is only available for data columns.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.2.19 Quick Sort
Rightclicking on a data column allows you to quickly sort ALL of the columns (with the exception of grouped data) in the table using your source column as a key.
273
Notice that column A has been sorted into ascending order and the data in column B has been sorted with column A to maintain any horizontal relationships.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.2.20 Quick Statistics
Columns are automatically added to the statistics view when they are graphed. This relationship is shown by color coding and allows you to quickly relate data, statistics and graphs.
274
Sometimes you will want to obtain statistics for data that is not being graphed. You can do this by using Quick Statistics.
Rightclicking on Quick Statistics will add the selected column to the statistics view without it being graphed. The statistics information will be colorcoded in grey to indicate that the data has not been graphed.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 275
Right click on the column a second time to remove the column from the statistics view.
5.2.1.2.21 Statistics Specific Functions
The stat tool contains many statistics specific functions that can be used in your data analysis and creation tasks. Full details on the meaning, use and syntax of these commands are available in the function reference section.
Normal Distribution
( )
( )
Random Number Generation
( )
( )
( )
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Regression and Time Series Data
( )
( )
Sorting
( )
( )
Ranking
( )
( )
Frequency Tables
Grouping Data
( )
( )
Deciles / Stanines and Percentiles
Miscellaneous Functions
( )
( )
( )
5.2.1.3
The Statistics View
5.2.1.3.1 Automatic Statistics
The statistics tool automatically generates summary statistics for any data column that you have graphed. If you are graphing a two variable graph type, the statistics tool will automatically generate two variable statistics. Colour coding is used to relate the three views together.
276
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.3.2 Expanding Subsections
Each statistics column contains a large number of statistics. One variable statistics are broken into five sections.
Main  Mean, Median, Minimum, Maximum, Range, Standard Deviation, Sample standard deviation and Interquartile range
Other  Mode, Geometric Mean, Variance, Upper Quartile, Lower Quartile, Mean
Absolute Deviation, Sum and Sum of squares
Deciles
Stanines
Percentiles
Two variable statistics are also broken into sections.
Regression Information (which is dependent on the current regression model selected).
Summary Statistics for First Column
Summary Statistics for Second Column.
You can expand or contract each section by clicking on the section header.
277
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.3.3 Extra Columns
You can add extra columns to the statistics view, of data that is not currently being graphed by rightclicking on the column and selecting Quick Statistics. See the
Statistics page for more information.
Once a column has been added, you can remove it by rightclicking on the statistics column and selecting Remove From Statistics.
278
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.2.1.3.4 Copying Statistics to Clipboard
Statistics can be copied to the clipboard by:
1. Selecting the desired statistics in the statistics view.
Appendices 279
2. Rightclicking and choosing Copy Selected Statistics
3. The statistics will be placed on the clipboard in a format suitable for insertion into Word
Processors or Spreadsheets.
Median
Minimum
Maximum
Range
Standard Deviation
A
50.635
25.39
77.11
51.72
10.17727885
Sample standard deviation 10.07499204
Interquartile range 10.82
Choosing Copy All Statistics will copy all displayed statistics to the clipboard.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.4
The Graph View
5.2.1.4.1 Graph Control Buttons
The Graph Control Buttons allow you to control most aspects of the graph view.
280
The graph type button allows you to change the graph type the tats tool will draw. The
Data Boxes allow you to graph up to six different sets of data on your graph. Each box represents a data set.
As you add columns to your graph, they will fill the data boxes. The data boxes are colour coded to be the same as the data they represent.
In this example, the first data box is graphing column A and is shown in red on the graph.
The second data box is graphing column B and is shown in green.
If you have selected a bivariate (or trivariate) graph type, you will need to add more than one column to each data box to create a graph. In the example below, we have added two columns (A and B) to the first data box in order to create a scatter graph.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 281
5.2.1.4.2 Creating A Graph
To create a graph, we need to add columns to the data boxes. There are a number of ways of doing this.
Quick Graph
Right click on the column we want to add and choose Quick Graph. The selected column
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
will be added to the first available position in the data boxes. This is usually the quickest way to create graphs.
Data Box Button
If you push a data box button, you can change the properties of the data box  including which column is being graphed.
282
5.2.1.4.3 Changing Graph Type
Press the Graph Type button.
and select from the available graph types.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.4.4 Editing Graph Properties/Options
The Graph Properties screen (shown below) can be accessed in many ways.
283
The screen's left hand pane shows a list of pages of options. When you access the Graph
Properties screen, you will start on one of the pages (depending on how you get to the screen) but the other pages are always available. At the moment we are looking at the options for Axes.
Set As Default
This permits you to save your preferences for future use. If, for example, you prefer that the origin is never marked, change the Origin Mark option to None and press Set As
Default.
5.2.1.4.4.1 Axes Properties
Axes properties allow you to control the lines used to construct the axes you see on screen.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 284
x Axis / y Axis
The x Axis and y Axis sections allow you to control the line type, color and thickness of the lines used.
They also allow you to turn the scale, ticks and axis off.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 285
If you turn off the scale and the axis, you will be left with just the ticks.
Origin Mark
Provides the different options for marking the origin. Most users will set their desired option as the default.
None
Arrows
Circ le x Axis y Axis
Set the type of arrow head used and whether they are shown on the positive and negative ends of axes.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 286
5.2.1.4.4.2 Scale Properties
The scale is the numbers on the axes. Scale properties lets you control the numbers and the domain and range of your axes. Most of the time, you can just leave this all up to the stat tool.
x Axis / y Axis
The stat tool can automatically scale itself to suit the data you are graphing and you will not normally need to explicitly set scales. If you wish to override the stat tool's automatic scaling you need to:
Uncheck the entry you wish to change.
Enter your minimum, maximum, major or minor setting manually.
Minor and Major set the location of the tick marks on the axis. Minor ticks are smaller and have no numbers attached. Major ticks are larger and have a scale number.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
You can use multiples of pi and fractions when entering data.
Appendices 287
You can also set both the x any y axis to be logarithmic.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Scales
Appendices 288
Free scales have no relationship between the x and y axes. 1 on the x axis might be much smaller than 1 on the y axis. Most statistical graphs have free scales.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 289
Equal Aspect scales force the x and y axes to use the same sizing. For example, 3 on the x axis and 3 on the y axis should be identical size. This is not often needed in statistical graphs but can be useful.
Fixed scales allow you to set exactly how many millimetres should be used per unit on the graph. This permits you to create a scale that is exactly sized as you need it. This option is not commonly used.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Broken Scales
The stat tool will automatically use broken scales if allowed, and the data suits.
290
You can also FORCE the stat tool to break scales, even if the data really does not suit.
Just set the x minimum (or y minimum) to the minimum value before the break.
Even though this example does not really "deserve" a broken scale, the stat tool will break the scale for you at 20.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 291
If you do not allow broken scales, the stat tool will not break the scale regardless of the data or your other settings.
the stat tool has a selection of five different ways of breaking the scale that can be selected from this page.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 292
5.2.1.4.4.3 Grid Properties
Show Grid
Allows you to turn the grid on and off.
Lines
The stat tool can show a grid using lines of different styles, weights and colours. Selecting a style of None, prevents that line from showing. This allows you to create some fairly strange grids if you wish!
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Points
The points option allows you to place a point at the intersection of grid lines, rather than drawing the lines. You can control the point type, size and colour.
293
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Polar Grids
The stat tool can also display polar grids using both lines and points.
294
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.2.1.4.4.4 Titles
Each graph has five main "titles" that you can change.
Appendices 295
These titles and their fonts and colours can be changed on the Titles page.
Note that each title has an Eqn (equation) option. If you select this, whatever you type as a title will be interpreted using FX Equation technology and render as an equation
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.2.1.4.4.5 Specific Graph Type Properties
Appendices 296
Bar graphs only have one option  the width of the bar.
Moving this slider will change the bars from very narrow, with a large gap, up to bars which touch each other.
Plotting multiple data boxes on one set of axes will result in multiple bars per category.
Bars within a category will not have a gap.
Bar graphs will automatically use any label column you have created.
Stacked Bar Graphs are similar to
and share the same properties. The only difference is that when multiple data boxes are plotted, the data is stacked rather than displayed side by side.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 297
Column graphs are very similar to
.
Column graphs only have one option  the width of the bar.
Moving this slider will change the bars from very narrow, with a large gap, up to bars which touch each other.
Plotting multiple data boxes on one set of axes will result in multiple bars per category.
Bars within a category will not have a gap.
Column graphs will automatically use any label column you have created.
Stacked Column Graphs are similar to
) and share the same properties. The only difference is that when multiple data boxes are plotted, the data is stacked rather than displayed side by side.
The two box plot types only differ in their orientation. All other options are equivalent.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 298
You can choose whether to show outliers on the box plot. You can also choose whether or not to differentiate between extreme outliers and mild outliers. the stat tool uses the following definitions for outliers.
Outlier
Extreme Outlier
>1.5 Interquartile Ranges from the Median
> 3 Interquartile Ranges from the Median
You can also add an "informal" confidence interval bar to a box plot. This is a recent addition to the New Zealand curriculum. The confidence interval bar is drawn between
Median –
IQR
n
and Median +
IQR
n
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 299
Cumulative frequency graphs have two main options  how the frequencies are shown and whether to show the dots.
Show Frequencies As
The cumulative frequency graph can show frequencies as absolute, relative or as percentages. For example, if we have 20 data points ranging from 5 to 15, the graph could look like:
Absolute P erc entage
The only difference between the graphs is how the y axis is displayed.
Relative
Percentage frequencies and relative frequencies are most useful when comparing data sets which have different numbers of scores.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Show Dots
You can choose to show a dot for each data point or to just show the line. Show dots is usually only useful for small number of data points.
If you use transparent shading for your data points, the colour of the shading of the dots indicates how many data points had that value.
300
In the example, the point on the left was shaded twice (for two data points) and the point on the right has only been shaded once.
The Dot Plot graph type has no specific properties. The main property that you might want to change, the dot type, is controlled by the
property page.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 301
Frequency polygons do a similar job to histograms and share many of the same options.
Standard frequency polygons (as opposed to stacked frequency polygons) show multiple data sets as overlayed polygons. Using the stat tool's transparency feature allows you to compare data sets.
Default Group Width
This option only has an effect when you are graphing ungrouped data. If your data is already grouped, the stat tool will honour the groups you have set up.
If the Default Group Width is set to Auto, the stat tool will automatically decide how wide the groups should be when grouping your raw data. the stat tool will usually get it "right" but you can override the group width to produce the results you are after.
If you click on the Default Group Width, the stat tool will offer you a selection of standard group widths.
You are NOT limited to just these group widths. If you want to have a group width of 16.2, just type the value into the Default Group Width box and the stat tool will use your width to group the raw data.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 302
Group width = 5 Group width = 1 0
These two graphs show the same data graphed with two different group widths.
Show Frequencies As
The frequency polygon graph type can show frequencies as absolute, relative, percentages or as frequency densities. For example, if we have 20 data points ranging from 5 to 15, the graph could look like:
Absolute P erc entage
The only difference between the graphs is how the y axis is displayed.
Relative
Percentage frequencies and relative frequencies are most useful when comparing data sets which have different numbers of scores.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 303
Frequency Densities
Frequency densities adjust the height of points on the polygon to allow for different widths in the groups. For example, if group A is twice as wide as group B but has the same number of data points, then the height of group A should be half that of group B.
When using frequency densities, the stat tool will calculate the height of the data point as height = frequency width
Join Polygon to Axis
Most frequency polygons are "attached" to the x axis by drawing a line from the first data point down to the x axis. Some schools of thought believe that this is inappropriate and only actual data should be drawn  which disconnects the polygon from the x axis.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 304
Stacked frequency polygons share almost all of normal
properties.
The Join Polygon to xAxis option is not present because it does not make sense for
Stacked Frequency Polygons.
Stacked frequency polygons only differ from normal frequency polygons in how they handle multiple data sets. Normal frequency polygons overlay the polygons. Stacked frequency polygons stack the individual data sets on top of each other. Exactly the same data is present.
Normal Stac ked
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 305
Histograms do a similar job to frequency polygons and share many of the same options.
Standard histograms (as opposed to stacked histograms) show multiple data sets as overlays. Using the stat tool's transparency feature allows you to compare data sets.
Default Group Width
This option only has an effect when you are graphing ungrouped data. If your data is already grouped, the stat tool will honour the groups you have set up.
If the Default Group Width is set to Auto, the stat tool will automatically decide how wide the groups should be when grouping your raw data. the stat tool will usually get it "right" but you can override the group width to produce the results you are after.
If you click on the Default Group Width, the stat tool will offer you a selection of standard group widths.
You are NOT limited to just these group widths. If you want to have a group width of 16.2, just type the value into the Default Group Width box and the stat tool will use your width to group the raw data.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 306
Group width = 5 Group width = 1 0
These two graphs show the same data graphed with two different group widths.
Show Frequencies As
The histogram graph type can show frequencies as absolute, relative, percentages or as frequency densities. For example, if we have 20 data points ranging from 5 to 15, the graph could look like:
Absolute P erc entage
The only difference between the graphs is how the y axis is displayed.
Relative
Percentage frequencies and relative frequencies are most useful when comparing data sets which have different numbers of scores.
Frequency Densities
Frequency densities adjust the height of points on the histogram to allow for different widths in the groups. For example, if group A is twice as wide as group B but has the same number of data points, then the height of group A should be half that of group B.
When using frequency densities, the stat tool will calculate the height of the data point as
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 307
Stacked frequency polygons share all of normal
The Join Polygon to xAxis option is not present because it does not make sense for
Stacked Frequency Polygons.
Stacked frequency polygons only differ from normal frequency polygons in how they handle multiple data sets. Normal frequency polygons overlay the polygons. Stacked frequency polygons stack the individual data sets on top of each other. Exactly the same data is present.
Normal Stac ked
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 308
Cumulative histograms are identical to normal
histograms , they just graph cumulative
frequencies rather than frequencies. All options are identical to those of
.
Stacked cumulative histograms are identical to
, they just graph cumulative frequencies rather than frequencies. All options are identical to those of
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
The BacktoBack Histogram can only graph two data sets.
Appendices 309
The BacktoBack Histogram shares all of its options with
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 310
The stat tool's line graphs are very powerful and, therefore, have lots of properties available.
Normal Line Graphing
When graphing lines, the stat tool graphs the row number on the x axis and the data on the y axis.
Notice that in the example, there is no data point for x = 1.
This behaviour is intuitive but it is necessary to understand it in order to make sense of some of the other options that the stat tool provides.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 311
Fill Gaps in Data
If you give the stat tool the following data to graph, the stat tool needs to know what to do with the gap in the data.
Basically, the stat tool has two options, either it can break the data into two separate bits or it can join up the data.
The Fill Gaps in Data option controls this behaviour. If you allow it to fill gaps in the data, the stat tool will also fill gaps in the smoothed version of the data. In this case, this allows the smoothed version to be drawn.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Show Lines
Appendices 312
This option allows you to turn off the lines if you wish, making the line graph more like a scattergraph.
Show Data Points
The stat tool normally marks each data point with a dot. This option allows you to just draw the lines.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 313
Use Labels for x Axis
If this option is turned on, the stat tool will automatically use any labels you have entered in your data.
Smoothing Type
All of the example graphs above have had a dotted line added. This line is a smoothed version of the data. You can control what type of smoothing is used here. the stat tool can automatically add moving point average lines, (de)seasonalized data or a regression line. Alternatively you can turn the smoothed line off.
Moving P oint Average Seasonalized
Line
Regression
The moving point average line cycle length is entered in this section and the moving point averages are automatically centred for even length cycles. The seasonalised data is dependent on settings in other sections of the stat tool. The regression line can be one of seven as discussed below.
Regression Model
The stat tool can calculate and use seven different regression models to fit data. The model used for the line graph is controlled here. the stat tool shows you a formatted version of the model's equation as you change the model.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 314
The stat tool can only draw one Pie/Divided Bar Graph at a time so the number of data boxes is reduced to one when drawing a pie graph.
Display Type
Pie and divided bar graphs can be drawn with multiple colors or using a gradient based on the data box color.
Multiple Colors Color Gradient
These examples show how Pie Graphs show highlighted data by exploding the sector out of the pie.
Color Gradient colors are automatically generated from the current data box color and the user has no control over the colors used (after picking the data box color).
Multiple Colors pie graphs give the user total control over the colors used in each segment. Rightclicking on a segment opens a segment color screen.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 315
Labels
Pie and divided bar graphs automatically use any labels you have entered into your data.
The labels options allow you to add the raw data or the percentages to these labels. If there are no labels, the stat tool will just list the data or percentage.
Labels and P erc entages No Labels  Just Use P erc entages
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
You can also turn off angled text
Appendices 316
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 317
A residual graph removes the regression component from two variable data and just shows the deviation from the regression line. In the example below, you can see the original scattergraph and its corresponding residuals graph.
Sc attergraph Residuals Graph
The only option for Residuals Graphs allows you to choose which of the seven regression models it uses to calculate the residuals.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 318
The scattergraph allows you to display and analyse bivariate data.
Show Line
Allows you to turn off the regression line  shown as a solid line.
Show Residuals
Allows you to turn off the residuals lines  shown as dotted lines.
Show Line and Show Residuals O N Show Line and Show Residuals O FF
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Join Dots
If you turn this option on, the stat tool will join the dots in the same order as they are listed in the table. This usually just produces a "bird's nest"  especially if the data is unsorted.
319
Unsorted Data Sorted by x Values
You can use this feature, providing you enter the points in a logical order, to construct just about any diagram you wish.
Regression Model
The regression model allows you to select which of the seven regression models the stat tool uses to calculate the regression line and residuals.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 320
Link graphs have no specific properties. The main property that you might want to change, the dot type, is controlled by the
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 321
The Stem & Leaf plotting tool can graph up to two data boxes. There are some differences in the way the Stem & Leaf tool plots when compared to the other tools:
1. The tool does NOT resize the plot to suit the display rectangle. All other tools automatically fit the graph into the rectangle. Because the Stem & Leaf plot’s size is determined by the font used, this is not possible.
2. The Stem & Leaf tool can only plot information whose range is less than (about) 300.
This means that some data sets will not be plotted in any reasonable form. This is an inherent limitation of Stem & Leaf plots rather than our tool.
Sort Data on Branches
This option sorts the data on the branches in ascending order (lowest closest to stem).
The left and right branches can be sorted independently.
Sorted Data Unsorted Data
Sorting on double sided stem & leaf plots always places the lowest values closest to the stem.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 322
Round Data
The stem & leaf plot tool automatically allocates continuous data to the correct branches.
For example, 52.345 would have automatically be allocated as a 2 in the 5 branch in both of the stem and leaf plots below.
Data not Rounded Data Rounded
The round data option determines what the tool does with a data value like 70.68. If round data is turned off, this will be truncated to 70 and be entered as a 0 on the 7 branch. If round data is turned on, this is rounded to 71 and will be entered as a 1 on the
7 branch.
Max Number of Stems
This determines the maximum number of stems that the tool uses to create the stem & leaf plot. 15 is a good default.
Allow Split Stems
Graphing data with a small range on a stem & leaf plot can create a plot with a small number of long branches.
In these cases, it is often a good idea to split the stems into a high and low branches. This increases the number of stems and can give a better impression of the shape of the data.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Reverse Stem Order
Simply reverses the order of the stems.
Add Spaces
Adds extra space to the leaves to spread out the data.
Appendices 323
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 324
Triangular graphs show the proportional relationship between three numbers.
This means that Triangular graphs are the only graph type that require three columns to be selected as data columns.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 325
Grid Lines
Allow you to control the size, type and color of the grid lines used in the triangular graph.
Axes Descriptions
Allows you to enter your own descriptions for the three axes.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 326
5.2.1.4.4.6 Data Box Properties
The data box properties allow you to control the basic properties of most graph types how to draw the lines and points; which columns the data box holds; how to fill and how to highlight. It also permits you to combine graph types on one set of axes.
Data Columns
Data columns allow you to select which columns this data box is graphing. You can select columns from the drop down list or use the other approaches listed in
.
Line
Allows you to select the style, thickness and color of any lines used to graph this data set.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 327
Brush
Allows you to select the style, color and opacity of any brushes used to graph this data set. Setting the brush to auto lets the stat tool automatically choose the color of your brush but you can still choose the brushes style and opacity.
Opacity controls how "solid" the color is and how much of the background color is permitted to be seen through the shading. Setting the opacity to zero makes the brush completely transparent. In the example we have drawn the green frequency polygon with three different opacities ranging from almost zero to completely opaque.
Low O pac ity Medium O pac ity High O pac ity
Point
The point controls allow you to control how any points are shown in the graphs. You can select the point type and size.
Highlight
The stat tool will highlight any cell that is selected or has been manually highlighted. This section allows you to control how any highlighting is shown. You can select the line color used, the brush color used (or allow the stat tool to automatically choose the brush color) and the size of any highlighted points.
Not all graph types use color to highlight data. The Pie graph highlights data by exploding the sector of the pie graph from the other sectors.
Hide Graph
Hide Graph allows you to hide an otherwise fully formatted graph. It can be used to quickly hide and expose graphs for demonstration purposes.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Graph Type Button
The graph type button is used to combine graph types on one set of axes. This is discussed in more detail in
y
10
8
6
4
2
20 40 60 80
x
328
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 329
5.2.1.4.5 Selecting Data On Graph
Most graph types allow you to select data on the graph and have the data selected in the data grid.
Clic k Highlighted Selec ted
You can select a number of data points by sweeping out a rectangle with your mouse.
Sweep Highlighted Selec ted
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 330
5.2.1.4.6 Modifying Data On Graph
If you can select data on your graph, you can most probably modify it as well. If you move the mouse while data is selected, the data point will be modified on the graph and in the data grid.
The graph and statistics will interactively update themselves to accommodate the new data. In this example, you should be able to see that the regression line has bee recalculated.
Different graph types allow different ranges of movement. For example, in horizontal box and whisker plots you will only be able to move the data point in the horizontal axis.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.4.7 Combining Graph Types
Many users will want to combine graph types on the same set of axes.
331
Frequenc y P olygon and Histogram Histogram and Box P lot and Cumulative Histogram
Frequenc y P olygon
In all three examples, we have shown the same data in two different ways.
Before we look at how to achieve this, it is important to remember that not all graph types can be combined. More about this later.
Add Your Data Column to Two Data Boxes
Firstly, we add the data column to two data boxes using the standard commands. Your graph might look like this.
We have graphed column A in two boxes and the graph is two overlayed histograms. Not too useful yet!
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 332
Push the Second Data Box Button
Push the second data box button (the green one in this case) and the following screen will appear.
The graph type button is active which means that we can change the graph type for just this data box. For some types, this button will be greyed out which prevents you from overlaying another graph type.
Greyed O ut  No Combining Available
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Push the Graph Type Button
Push the graph type button and a list of available graph types will appear. Not all graph types will be available because not all graph types can be combined.
333
Change the Graph Type
Change the graph type to your desired graph type. In this example, we will choose the frequency polygon. You may also want to decrease the opacity of the brush at this point.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Finished!
Appendices 334
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.5
Data Generators
The stat tool provides a large number of data generators that can quickly generate data for use in your graphics. The Data Generators are accessed using the data generator toolbar.
335
All of these buttons load the same data generator dialog box  just starting at different pages.
5.2.1.5.1 Discrete
5.2.1.5.1.1 EquiLikely Integers
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 336
Allows you to generate random numbers between two values. If there are n integers between the highest and lowest values, the probability of each integer occurring will be 1/ n.
5.2.1.5.1.2 Bernoulli
Bernoulli trials have the possible results of 0 or 1 which is equivalent to true or false, boy or girl, head or tail. The Bernoulli data generator allows you to generate results with a given probability of success.
5.2.1.5.1.3 Binomial
The binomial data generator allows you to simulate binomial trials. A example problem that this distribution might simulate is: Roll a standard die ten times and count the number of sixes. The distribution of this random number is a binomial distribution with n =
10 and p = 1/6.
5.2.1.5.1.4 HyperGeometric
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 337
The hypergeometric data generator simulates trials where items are drawn without replacement. An example problem might be: A bag contains 25 red marbles and 55 green marbles. If you draw eight marbles from the bag, how many will be red?
5.2.1.5.1.5 Geometric
The geometric data generator allows you to simulate trials where you count how many attempts are required before the first success. An example question might be: How many rolls of the die does it take before you roll a 6?
5.2.1.5.1.6 Negative Binomial
The negative binomial data generator allows you to simulate trials where you count how many attempts are required before the n th
success. An example question might be: How many rolls of the die does it take before you have rolled 5 sixes?
5.2.1.5.1.7 Poisson
The Poisson data generator allows you to simulate trials where you know the expected number of successes in the experiment and you wish to know the actual number of successes.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.2.1.5.2 Continuous
5.2.1.5.2.1 Uniform
Appendices 338
The uniform data generator generates random numbers between 0 and 1 that are uniformly distributed. A simple transformation can be applied to the output of this generator that will produce continuous random numbers between any two values.
5.2.1.5.2.2 Normal
The Normal data generator allows you to generate data that has a given mean and standard deviation.
5.2.1.5.2.3 Exponential
The exponential data generator generates data that fits this probability density function.
Where is the rate parameter of the function.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.2.1.5.2.4 Log Normal
Appendices 339
The log normal data generator generates log normally distributed numbers with a given mean and standard deviation.
5.2.1.5.2.5 Chi Squared
The chi squared data generator generates chi squared distributed numbers with a given degree of freedom.
5.2.1.5.3 Bivariate Data
The bivariate data generator allows you to quickly and easily generate bivariate data that satisfies a set of given parameters.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 340
To generate your data:
Enter the number of data points to generate. This determines the number of “dots” on the scatter graph.
Enter the low and high values for x. the stat tool will generate random x values between these two values.
Choose the regression equation
Enter the parameters for the equation (a, b and c). The c parameter is only used for quadratic regression equations.
Enter the absolute value of the target correlation coefficient. the stat tool cannot calculation correlation coefficients for quadratic regression equations but it will still take the target correlation coefficient into account while generating data. If you want to generate linear regression data with a negative correlation coefficient, make b negative.
Enter the columns that the x and y data will be put into.
Please note:
The generator will not produce data to exactly match your parameters but the match will be close. If the match is not good enough, you can always try again.
The “a” parameter is the least likely to be matched in all regression models.
5.2.1.5.4 Time Series Data
The Time Series Data Generator allows you to quickly and easily generate time series data for use in questions and examples.
The time series data generator opens the above dialog box. To generate your data:
Enter the number of data points to generate.
Choose the regression equation
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.1.5.5 Dice
Enter the parameters for the equation (a, b and c). The c parameter is only used for quadratic regression equations.
Enter the cycle length required.
Set the noise (random) component slider. If the slider is fully to the left, there will be no random component to the data. Fully to the right and the pattern may not be recognisable.
Set the volatility (cyclic) component slider. This determines how “dramatic” the cycle is.
Enter the column that the data will be put into.
341
The dice data generator will simulate the rolling of up to six dice. Select how many sides each dice has and push OK. The above example will roll two sixsided dice and add them.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 342
5.2.1.6
Customizing The Stat Tool
5.2.1.6.1 Setting Defaults
The stat tool comes preconfigured with a large number of default settings  but almost certainly you will want it to some things differently.
Most options screens have a "Set As Default" button. Pushing this button forces the stat tool to save the current settings and use them as a default for future graphs.
To set a default.
1.
2.
Create a graph that has been changed to suit your preferences.
Push the Set As Default button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.2.1.6.2 System Options
Appendices 343
Statistics, particularly secondary school statistics, is particularly localised. The “right” way of doing something in one location is often very different to the “right” way of doing it in another location. The system options allow you to customise you version of the stat tool to suit you local conditions. System options can be accessed through the Edit menu.
With all the system options it is vital that you TRY each setting and pick the one that suits your situation. Unfortunately there are no standard names for different methods of calculation.
Calculating Quartiles
Efofex has found three common methods of calculating quartiles.
1, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6, 8, 9, 10, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20
In the above example, 9 is the median. The lower quartile is the median of the bottom half of the scores BUT does the lower half include the 9 or exclude it? Depending on your answer, the lower quartile would be 4.5 or 5.
This gives us two of the three options for calculating quartiles. The third is to use the 75th and 25th percentiles. The results of this option depends on how you calculate percentiles.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 344
Seasonalised Data
Method One is to calculate the average residual between a point in the cycle and the moving point average at that point. This average residual is then removed from the data to obtain the seasonalised figure.
Method Two is to calculate the average deviation between a point in the cycle and the mean of the data set. This average deviation is then removed from the data to obtain the seasonalised figure.
Calculating Percentiles
The interpolated method of calculating percentiles is the same as the method in Excel .
If the data point 13 indicates the 20th percentile and data point 14 is the 30th percentile, the 21st percentile is 13.1, the 22nd is 13.2, the 23rd 13.3 and so on. The interpolated method interpolates values for the percentiles that are not in the original data.
The discrete method of calculating percentiles would produce 13 as the value of the percentile for the 20th up to the 29th percentile. Each percentile is guaranteed to be a number in the data set.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 345
5.2.2
The Statistics Functions
5.2.2.1
CumFreqTable(column)
Calculates a cumulative frequency table for column and puts it into the two columns indicated by the location of the cursor or mouse when the formula is entered.
A cumulative frequency table shows the number of scores that are equal or less than each value in the table.
Score cf
10 2
11
12
13
5
12
20
This cumulative frequency table would be generated from this data:
10, 10, 11, 11, 11, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13
Example: CumFreqTable(A)
5.2.2.2
Decile(column)
Calculates the decile rank of each score in column. The decile rank is calculated using the percentile figures so any changes in the system options that affect the calculation of percentile scores will affect the calculation of the decile scores.
Example: Decile(A)
5.2.2.3
Deviation(column)
Calculates the deviation from the mean for each score in column, using the calculated mean of the column.
Example: Deviation(A)
5.2.2.4
Fibonacci(first, second number)
Generates number scores in a Fibonacci sequence starting with first and second numbers.
Example: Fibonacci(1,1,50)
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
Fibonacci(1;1;50)  using the ; as a separator
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 346
5.2.2.5
FreqTable(column)
Calculates a frequency table for column and puts it into the two columns indicated by the location of the cursor or mouse when the formula is entered.
A frequency table shows the number of each score in the data set. They are used to efficiently display large numbers of scores that fall into a small number of possible values.
Score f
10 2
11
12
13 8
3
7
This frequency table would be generated from this data:
10, 10, 11, 11, 11, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13, 13
Example: FreqTable(A)
5.2.2.6
Group(column, number) / GroupN(column, number)
These two functions are equivalent.
The Group function groups data in column into number groups. The statistics tool will select appropriate group widths and in some situations it will not be able to divide the data into exactly number groups.
020
2040
4060
6080
80100
100120
120140
4
20
78
63
32
1
1
This is the result of Group(A,7)
The number parameter is optional. If it is omitted, the statistics tool will attempt to divide the data into 10 groups.
The group function is used to generate data for histograms.
Examples: Group(A,10) Group(B) GroupN(c,4)
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter these formulae as
Group(A;10)  using the ; as a separator
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.2.2.7
GroupE(column)
Appendices 347
The GroupE function allocates data in column into existing groups. To use this command you first need to decide your own groups and place them into the target column.
Secondly you need to set the target column to be a group column and the next column to be a frequency column.
Any data that cannot be allocated to an existing group will be allocated to an "other" group appended to your existing groups.
As shown in the example, the groups do not necessarily need to be a constant width and gaps are allowable.
Example: GroupE(A)
5.2.2.8
GroupW(column,width)
Allocates data in column into groups width wide. This function is useful where you wish to force the statistics tool to group data into predetermined divisions.
0  14.5
14.5  29
29  43.5
43.5  58
58  72.5
72.5  87
87  101.5
101.5  116
5
1
71
35
1
3
26
58
Generated by GroupW(A,14.5)
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
GroupW(A; 14,5)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.9
Inc(start,increment,number)
Inc is a data generation function. Inc generates number data points that begin with start and go up in increment.
2
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 348
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3
3.2
3.4
Generated by Inc(2, 0.2, 8)
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as Inc(2;
0,2; 8)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.10 MPA(column,cyclelen)
Calculates the moving point average, or centred moving point average, for the data in column with a cycle length of cyclelen.
The MPA function automatically centres the moving point average if cyclelen is even.
The data in column B of the example has been generated using MPA(A,4)
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
MPA(A ; 4)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.11 Normal(column) / NormP(column)
These two functions are equivalent.
The data in column is interpreted as zscores (standard deviations) and the Normal function calculates the probability that a score will be less than or equal to the zscore in column. This function is equivalent to the P function on many scientific calculators or the normal distribution data in a tables book.
The data in column B of the example has been generated using Normal(A)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 349
5.2.2.12 NormPDF(column)
Calculates the value of the probability density function for each of the data points in column (interpreted as zscores).
Example: NormPDF(A)
5.2.2.13 NormQ(column)
The data in column is interpreted as zscores (standard deviations) and the NormQ function calculates the probability that a score will be greater than the zscore in column.
This function is equivalent to the Q function on many scientific calculators and for any input value = 1NormP.
Example: NormQ(A)
5.2.2.14 Percentile(column)
Calculates the percentile (or percent rank) of each data point in column. The percentile represents the percentage of scores in the data set that are less than or equal to the data point.
Column B in the example contains the percent ranks of scores in column A.
5.2.2.15 Predict(column1, column2, regtype) / PredictY()
These two functions are equivalent.
column1 contains the independent variable's data (usually x values) column2 contains the dependent variable's data (usually y values)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 350
regtype is the regression model
2
3
4
5
1 linear regression quadratic regression power regression exponential regression logarithmic regression
6
7 median line reciprocal regression
Please note that it is not necessary to remember or use these codes.
Predict calculates the predicted value of y for the x in column1 using the regtype regression model.
All three parameters are optional. If they are not included, the current column one, column two and regression type as shown in the Statistics View are used. On most occasions you would simply type Predict( )
In the first example, column C has been generated using Predict( ). We did not use any parameters because the Statistics View was showing Linear Regression Calculations for A and B. We could have typed Predict(A,B,1) and got the same result regardless of the
Statistics View. Column C fits the equation y = 23.39 – 1.29x.
Predict can be used to predict y values for x values that are not in the data set. Simply add extra x values with no corresponding y values. Predict will correctly calculate a predicted y value. If you include a y value that corresponds with an x value, the pair will automatically be included in the data set. The second example shows predicted y scores for the x values of 7, 8 and 9.
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
Predict(A; B; 1)  using the ; as a separator
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 351
5.2.2.16 PredictX(column1, column2, regtype)
column1 contains the independent variable's data (usually x values) column2 contains the dependent variable's data (usually y values) regtype is the regression model
PredictX calculates the predicted value of x for the y in column2 using the regtype regression model.
PredictX operates in exactly the same manner as Predict and all three parameters are optional. In the example, column C has been generated using PredictX using the same data as shown for PredictY. PredictX can predict x values for y values not in the data set in the same way that Predict can predict y values for x values not in the data set.
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
PredictX(A; B; 1)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.17 Rand(number)
Calculates number uniformly distributed random numbers between 0 and 1.
Use Rand(100), for example, to create 100 random numbers.
The Rand function can be used to simulate other random variables.
5.2.2.18 RandBernoulli(probability,number)
Simulates number Bernoulli trials where the probability of success in each trial is probability.
Probabilities are expressed as decimal values between 0 and 1.
Bernoulli trials can result in either success or failure, represented by 1 and 0 respectively.
The RandBernoulli function simulates Bernoulli trials.
RandBernoulli(0.3,30) might generate
0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
RandBernoulli(0,3; 30)  using the ; as a separator
352
5.2.2.19 RandBetween(low,high,number)
Generates number random integers between high and low inclusive. The random integers are uniformly distributed.
RandBetween(5,10,30) might generate
9, 7, 7, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, 8, 9, 8, 5, 7, 5, 8, 10, 7, 6, 9, 9, 8, 8, 5, 6, 7, 5, 6, 7, 5, 8
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
RandBetween(5; 10; 30)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.20 RandBinomial(attempts,probability,number)
Generates number random binomial trials. RandBinomial returns the number of successful attempts in attempts attempts where the probability of success on each attempt is probability.
For example, when rolling a die, the probability of rolling a six is one sixth. If you roll a die
10 times, how many sixes will you roll?
You can simulate this problem thirty times using RandBinomial(10,1/6,30) and you might generate the following data.
2, 2, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 3, 0, 1, 2, 1, 4, 5, 2, 1, 1, 1, 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 1, 4, 1
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
RandBinomial(10; 1/6; 30)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.21 RandChiSquared(degrees, number)
The chi squared data generator generates chi squared distributed numbers with a given degree of freedom.
5.2.2.22 RandExponential(rate, number)
The exponential data generator generates data that fits this probability density function.
Where is the rate parameter of the function.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.2.2.23 RandGeometric(probability,number)
Generates number random geometric trials. RandGeometric returns the number of attempts before a success where the probability of success on each attempt is probability.
For example, how many rolls of a die does it take to roll a 6?
You can simulate this problem thirty times using RandGeometric(1/6,30) and you might generate the following data.
16, 3, 6, 9, 7, 10, 10, 3, 5, 11, 1, 9, 2, 6, 5, 7, 20, 21, 4, 2, 5, 5, 2, 10, 6, 2, 13, 1, 1, 10
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
RandGeometric(1/6; 30)  using the ; as a separator
353
5.2.2.24 RandHyperGeometric(select,total,success,number)
Generates number random hypergeometric trials. RandHyperGeometric returns the number of successes when select selections are made, without replacement, from a total where success successes are present.
For example, five marbles are drawn, without replacement, from a bag of 10 marbles, six red and four green. How many red marbles will be drawn?
You can simulate this problem thirty times using RandHyperGeometric(5,10,6,30) and you might generate the following data.
3, 2, 3, 4, 1, 4, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 5, 4, 4, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 3, 3, 3, 2, 3, 4, 2, 3, 3
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
RandHyperGeometric(5; 10; 6; 30)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.25 RandNegBinomial(successes, probability, number)
Generates number random negative binomial trials. RandNegBinomial returns the number of attempts before a successes successes where the probability of success on each attempt is probability.
For example, how many rolls of a die does it take to roll a total of four 6's?
You can simulate this problem thirty times using RandNegBinomial(4,1/6,30) and you might generate the following data.
19, 18, 23, 18, 14, 25, 52, 69, 17, 24, 21, 29, 12, 36, 52, 36, 17, 22, 8, 30, 8, 26, 11, 41, 18,
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
13, 41, 18, 30, 25
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
RandNegBinomial(4; 1/6; 30)  using the ; as a separator
354
5.2.2.26 RandLognormal(mean, sd, number)
The log normal data generator generates log normally distributed numbers with a given mean and standard deviation.
5.2.2.27 RandNormal(mean, sd, number)
Generates number normally distributed scores with a mean of mean and a sample deviation of sd.
The RandNormal function can quickly produce normally distributed data sets and can produce data sets with almost exactly the given mean and standard deviation.
For example, RandNormal(60,15,30) might return
71.14, 64.14, 53.42, 60.18, 85.18, 33.88, 77.8, 64.43, 54.79, 40.79, 42.7, 72.37, 69.64,
27.99, 61.92, 49.87, 64.42, 61.74, 71.67, 83.69, 70.52, 54.36, 63, 24.77, 57.12, 77.01,
57.06, 72.68, 66.49, 45.23
This set of thirty numbers has a mean of exactly 60, a standard deviation of 14.9995591
and has a distribution that looks like this:
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
RandNormal(60; 15; 30)  using the ; as a separator
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 355
5.2.2.28 RandPoisson(successes, number))
The Poisson data generator allows you to simulate trials where you know the expected number of successes in the experiment and you wish to know the actual number of successes.
5.2.2.29 RandStudentt(degrees,number)
The student t data generator generates student t distributed numbers with a given degree of freedom.
5.2.2.30 Rank(column) / RankD(column)
Generates the rank of each data point in column. Higher values ranked first.
The example shows column B containing the rank of column A. This column was generated using Rank(A). Because there are two 18's in the data set, they are both given a rank of 3 and 17.2, the next value, is given a rank of 5.
5.2.2.31 RankA(column)
Generates the rank of each data point in column. Lower values ranked first.
The example shows column B containing the rank of column A. This column was generated using RankA(A).
5.2.2.32 Residual(column1, column2, regtype) / ResidualY( )
These two functions are equivalent.
column1 contains the independent variable's data (usually x values) column2 contains the dependent variable's data (usually y values) regtype is the regression model
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 356
6
7
4
5
1
2
3 linear regression quadratic regression power regression exponential regression logarithmic regression median line reciprocal regression
Please note that it is not necessary to remember or use these codes.
Calculates the residual value of y for the x in column1 using the regtype regression model.
The residual value is the difference between the actual value and the predicted value.
All three parameters are optional. If they are not included, the current column one, column two and regression type as shown in the Statistics View are used. On most occasions you would simply type Residual( )
In the example, column C has been generated using Residual( ). We did not use any parameters because the Statistics View was showing Linear Regression Calculations for A and B. We could have typed Residual(A,B,1) and got the same result regardless of the
Statistics View. Column C fits the equation y = 23.39 – 1.29x.
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
Residual(A; B; 1)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.33 ResidualX(column1, column2, regtype)
column1 contains the independent variable's data (usually x values) column2 contains the dependent variable's data (usually y values) regtype is the regression model
ResidualX calculates the residual value of x for the y in column2 using the regtype regression model.
ResidualX operates in exactly the same manner as Residual and all three parameters are optional. In the example, column C has been generated using ResidualX using the same data as shown for Residual.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 357
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
R esidualX(A; B; 1)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.34 Round(column, decimalplaces)
Rounds data points in column to decimalplaces number of decimal places. If decimalplaces is negative, the data points are rounded to the nearest 10, 100, 1000 and so on.
Data
Round(A
,2)
54.05133
21
93.58500
93
79.51597
64
78.21893
97
52.41859
18
49.49797
05
57.37784
96
11.90832
24
54.05
93.59
79.52
78.22
52.42
49.5
57.38
11.91
94 80 78 52 49 57 12 Round(A
,0)
54
Round(A
,1)
50 90 80 80 50 50 60 10
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
Round(A; 1)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.35 Row / @
The word Row or the @ symbol can be used in any formula and it will be replaced by the row number when performing the calculation.
5.2.2.36 Seasonalise(column, cyclelen)
Generates deseasonalised data from column assuming a cycle length of cyclelen.
Seasonal data often shows cyclic variations. This function removes cyclic variations and allows you to see the underlying trends. Seasonalise analyses cyclic deviations and removes them.
Please note that the output of the seasonalise function is dependent on the System
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Options settings. Deseasonalising data involves particularly localised procedures.
The parameters in the Seasonalise function are optional. If they are omitted, the
Seasonalise function will seasonalise whatever column is currently selected in the
Statistics View and will assume a cycle length of 4.
Example: Seasonalise(A, 4)
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
Seasonalise(A; 4)  using the ; as a separator
358
5.2.2.37 Sort(column) / SortA(column)
These functions are equivalent.
Sort the entire data set using column as the sort key. Sorts into ascending order. All columns are affected.
Example: Sort(A)
5.2.2.38 SortD(column)
Sort the entire data set using column as the sort key. Sorts into descending order. All columns are affected.
Example: SortD(A)
5.2.2.39 SortCol(column) / SortColA(column)
These functions are equivalent.
Sorts only the data in column into ascending order. No other column is affected.
Example: SortCol(A)
5.2.2.40 SortColD(column)
Sorts only the data in column into descending order. No other column is affected.
Example: SortColD(A)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 359
5.2.2.41 Stanine(column)
Calculates the stanine score for each data point in column. Stanines allocate a score from
1 to 9 to each score in a data set. The width of each stanine group is approximately equal, in other words if stanine 1 is allocated to scores from 1020, stanine 2 will be allocated to scores from approximately 2030.
Because stanines are usually allocated to normally distributed data, even though they have approximately equal widths, 54% of all scores are allocated stanines of 4, 5 and 6.
The example shows stanines in column B. They were calculated using Stanine(A).
5.2.2.42 Standardise(column, mean, sd)
Standardises the data in column so that it has a new mean of mean and a new standard deviation of sd. Each data point maintains its zscore (each score stays the same number of standard deviations from the mean).
Example: Standardise(A,60,15)
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
Standardise(A; 60; 15)  using the ; as a separator
5.2.2.43 Triangular(number)
Generates number triangular numbers.
Example: Triangular(10)
5.2.2.44 Tribonacci(first, second, third, number)
Generates number scores in a Tribonacci sequence starting with first, second and third.
Example: Tribonacci(1,1,1,20)
Note: If you type decimals using a comma (eg 3,2) you should enter this formula as
Tribonacci(1; 1; 1; 20)  using the ; as a separator
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 360
5.2.2.45 ZScore(column)
Calculates the zscore for each data point in column. The zscore is the number of standard deviations from the mean. Alternatively, Zscore effectively standardises the data to have a mean of 0 and a standard deviation of 1.
Example: Zscore(A)
5.2.3
Other Functions
5.2.3.1
Trigonometric Functions
Sin(x), Cos(x), Tan(x), Sec(x), Cosec(x), Cot(x) calculate the appropriate trigonometric ratios. x can be in degrees, radians or grads as chosen in System Options.
5.2.3.2
Inverse Trigonometric Functions
asin(x), acos(x), atan(x) calculate the inverse trigonometric functions.
5.2.3.3
Hyperbolic Functions
cosh(x), sinh(x), tanh(x) calculates the appropriate hyperbolic functions.
5.2.3.4
Abs(x)
Calculates the absolute value of the parameter x.
5.2.3.5
Exp(x)
Calculates e x
5.2.3.6
Ln(x)
Calculates the natural logarithm of x
5.2.3.7
Log(x)
Calculates the base 10 logarithm of x
5.2.3.8
Sqrt(x) / SR(x)
Calculates the square root of x
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 361
5.3
C  Function Graph Tool Reference
5.3.1
Creating Graphs
The graphing tool makes it simple to create graphs of complicated situations. The core of the graphing tool is the Quick Entry Screen.
You can access the quick entry screen by rightclicking on the plane or pushing the y= button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 362
5.3.2
Quick Entry Screen
The Quick Entry screen gives you access to most of the capabilities of the graph tool in one location. You can achieve much greater control over the graph tool's output using its other interfaces but you will spend most of your time using this screen.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 363
Function Entry Area
Enter your functions  one per line  in this area. the graph tool's function entry utilizes our equation technology which is discussed in more detail later in this manual. You do not need to tell the graph tool what type of function or relationship you are entering, the graph tool will automatically determine this from the structure of the information you enter.
Function Display Area
Displays the currently selected function using our equation technology. Notice how the x2
+y2=7 that we typed has been converted to a formatted equation. The Function Display
Area allows you to ensure that the graph tool has correctly interpreted what you have typed.
Axis Control
Provides basic, extremely fast, control over the axis settings for the graph tool. Setting the axes using this system is a two stage process.
1. Set the SHAPE you require using the two sliders.
2. Set the MAXIMUM x and y values.
The graph tool does everything else automatically (unless you override its automatic selections on the Axes, Scale, Grid and Function Properties pages).
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 364
The three buttons allow you to select three default axes types. The first is a free set of axes from 10 to 10. The second is a equal aspect set from 10 to 10 (equal aspect means that x units and y units are the same size). The third button sets y from 1 to 1 and x from
0 to 360 or 2 pi (depending on the angle setting).
Current Function Display Options
Functions and relationships are rendered on screen as lines and points. This section allows you to set the style, weight, colour and size of the lines and points used to display the currently selected function. To change the properties of another function, move the cursor to another function in the Function Entry Area.
More Control
The Axes, Scale, Grid and Function Properties pages give you much greater control over the output of the graph tool. the graph tool will automatically produce great results on most occasions but, inevitably, there will be times when the graph tool's output will not be exactly what you desire. The other pages allow you to achieve what you are after.
This diagram shows the Quick Entry screen with the More >> button depressed. Notice that we have set the axes to a different shape and set the x Max to 2pi. This forces the graph tool to mark the x scale in fractional parts of pi.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 365
Axis Annotations
By default, the graph tool marks the axes as x and y. You can change these annotations here.
Show Grid
Turns the grid on and off. The grid can also be turned on and off on the Grid page (see
More Control)
Feasible Region Options
These settings are discussed in the Inequations & Feasible Regions section of the manual.
Angles
The graph tool can use Degree and Radian angle measurement.
Set As Default
The Quick Entry screen, as with most the graph tool screens, has a Set As Default button.
This button makes the graph tool remember your current settings and use them for all future graphs.
5.3.3
Function Entry
The graph tool uses the equation engine from FX Equation so entering functions is extremely easy AND you can see a fully formatted version of your function as you type.
Functions are entered into the graph tool by typing what you see WITHOUT any formatting. On most occasions the graph tool will automatically format your function for you.
For example. If you want to graph the function 3x3 + 2x2  7 simply enter 3x3+2x27 into the function entry area. the graph tool automatically recognizes and formats the powers and displays the formatted function for you to check your entry.
Simple fractions are also entered as you see them. In other words if you want to graph you enter 3x3/2x4 and the graph tool will automatically build the appropriate fraction.
Most simple functions can be entered this way, with NO formatting on your part. More complicated functions will require some limited extra input on your part.
Regional Issues:
The graph tool automatically detects which style of decimal point you use (3.2 or 3,2). If you use a , as a decimal point, you must use a semi colon to separate coordinates in points and vectors (eg (3,2; 1,7) ) and a colon to separate domains from functions or the two components of parametric functions.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 366
5.3.4
Important Points About Function Entry
Because of the restrictions of a computer interface, there are some special points you will need to understand to enter all functions.
Special Symbols
Because mathematicians use many symbols not normally found on a computer keyboard, the graph tool uses a small number of special symbols, codes and abbreviations in order to allow you to enter functions.
Theta
Greater than or equal to
Less than or equal to
Plus Minus
Normal
Symbol
´
Multiplication
Exponentiation
(Powers)
Division
Pi
none (eg 2x) ^ (eg 2^x) Only needed when the graph tool fails to automatically recognise the power.
¸ p
/ (followed by a space) pi
The / character is more often used (without the space) to enter fractions.
Can be used in both functions q th and axes.
Used in polar functions
³
£
±
Graph
Tool
*
>=
<=
+
Notes
the graph tool will automatically graph both arms of the function.
Most of these symbols are in common use in computer based mathematics.
Brackets
Many functions, especially fractions, contain assumed brackets. The graph tool will sometimes require you to enter these brackets even though you cannot see them. For example, if you enter y = 3/x+3 does this mean
To graph the second function you need to add logical brackets to your function and type y
= 3/(x+3). These brackets will not be displayed but will influence how your function is interpreted.
As a general rule, if the function is not shown formatted correctly by the graph tool, add
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 367
some brackets to make your meaning clear.
A very important use of brackets is to logically identify the numerator and denominator in complicated fractions. For example: (x+2)/(x3) needs the brackets to be interpreted as rather than .
Brackets are also used to logically identify powers and ensure that the graph tool interprets your function correctly.
All three bracket types {, [ and ( may be used interchangeably in the graph tool and the graph tool makes no distinction between them. the graph tool does not even check to see if brackets are paired. You are responsible for this. If there is a fraction inside a bracket, the bracket is automatically resized.
Example:
is entered as 3[(x2)2+1/2]
Powers
Most powers will be automatically recognized by the graph tool. The graph tool will not automatically recognize powers if you require a variable as a power you require a function as a power you require a power of a number you require a complicated power.
In these cases you need to explicitly indicate the power using the ^ symbol. As with fractions, complicated powers need to be surrounded with brackets. These brackets will not be displayed.
Examples:
is entered as e^(sinth) is entered as x^(2y+3)
Spaces
Spaces change the way a particular equation is formatted and therefore interpreted. This can best be illustrated using these examples.
is entered as sin2 th is entered as sin 2th
The only difference between the two equations is the location of a space.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 368
5.3.5
Masking Graphs
You can mask any graph you draw. Draw your graph and then push the mask button.
Any graphs you have drawn are removed from the axes and the axes are overlaid by a
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 369
faint "mask"
The mask will not appear on any generated graphics.
You will only see it on the screen as you are drawing. It is there so that you know that the graph has been masked.
Why?
You might use the mask to hide the answers to a question. You can draw up the answer but then mask it so that it is not displayed for students. Later, when creating solutions to the question, you can quickly unmask all of your work.
5.3.6
Graphing in 3D
5.3.6.1
Entering 3D Functions
There are two ways of getting FX Graph to graph in 3D. The first is to type in a function that is clearly 3D z = x2y2 r = sin th + cos ph x = sin t; y = cos t; z = 3cos 2t + sin 3t
(1,2,3)+<1,4,2>
All of these entries are clearly 3D in nature and FX Graph will automatically go into 3D mode. You do not need to do anything else.
5.3.6.2
Forcing 3D
The 3D button forces FX Graph into 3D mode even if there is no function entered or the entered function is not inherently 3D. You can enter something like y=x24 and press the 3D button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
The function will be displayed on the xy plane of the 3D axes.
Appendices 370
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
5.3.6.3
3D Quick Entry Screen
Appendices 371
The 3D Quick Entry screen is similar to the 2D screen with two major differences:
1.
2.
You can control the z axis annotation and maximum.
You can change how FX Graph renders surfaces.
Shaded  Low Opacity
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 372
Shaded  High Opacity
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Contour Lines  Normal Divisions
Appendices 373
Contour Lines  High Divisions
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.3.6.4
Standard Axis Alignments
There are three standard 3D axes alignments that you can quickly select.
374
These allow you to reorientate the axes to suit various functions, or to reset the axes to a known orientation after you have rotated them.
5.3.6.5
Rotating 3D Axes
You can rotate 3D axes using the x, y and z keys. Pressing the key rotates the space around the axis by 10 degrees. If you hold down the Shift key when pressing x, y or z, the space will rotate by 10 degrees.
5.3.6.6
Animating Axes
When FX Graph is in 3D mode, these buttons allow you to animate the axes. Pressing any of the buttons will rotate the space around the indicated axis.
5.3.7
Types of Functions
5.3.7.1
Overview
The graph tool is capable of graphing a wide variety of functions and relations. Uniquely, you do not have to "tell" the graph tool what sort of function to graph, the graph tool automatically determines this for itself based on what you type.
For example: If you type a function which only includes the variable x, the graph tool will graph a Cartesian function. If you include y' in the expression, it will automatically graph a direction field. Functions defined implicitly will automatically be rearranged into Cartesian or inverse Cartesian functions if this is possible. You only have to worry about what to graph rather than how to graph it.
The next sections discuss the different types of things that the graph tool can graph and how to enter them.
5.3.7.2
Cartesian Functions
Normal Cartesian functions (y = ...) can be entered into the graph tool with or without the y=.
y = 3x  7
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 375
OR
3x  7
The graph tool is optimised for normal Cartesian functions. Some of the graph tool's are only available for Cartesian functions.
The graph tool will always attempt to rearrange functions into normal Cartesian functions to ensure that the most options are available.
For example:
3x2 + y = 3x + 2 will be internally rearranged by the graph tool into: y = (3x(1  x)) + 2 and all features will be available.
In the diagram above, notice how we entered the function as 3x2 + y = 3x + 2 but the graph tool has rearranged the function when finding the integral.
5.3.7.3
"Multiple Armed" Functions
The graph tool supports the use of ± in functions. The graph tool supports the use of up to ten sets of + in one equation.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 376
5.3.7.4
Polar Functions
Polar functions are entered in terms of r and Because there is no key on a computer keyboard, the graph tool uses th to represent .
You can enter a normal polar equation such as r = 5 sin 3 by typing r = 5 sin 3th or
5 sin 3th
The r = is optional and will be assumed if you do not enter it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 377
the graph tool can also draw inverse Polar functions  just enter them in terms of r.
th = 3r th = 1/r th = pi/4
As shown above, the graph tool can draw polar grids. Go to the Grid page and check Polar
Grid
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 378
Default Domains
Cartesian and Inverse Cartesian functions have an "implied domain"  the bounds of the axes you have drawn the function on. If you have not explicitly set a domain, the graph tool can automatically determine a suitable domain from the axes it is using. For Polar graphs, there is not a natural domain that can be easily determined. To counter this problem, the graph tool uses some default domains for polar graphs.
Polar graphs 0
£ q £
360 (degrees mode)
0
£ q £
2 p
(radian mode)
In most cases these default domains produce acceptable results. Sometimes you may need to override the default domains in order to create the result you are after.
5.3.7.5
Inverse Cartesian
Inverse Cartesian functions (x = ) can be entered as x = 3y2+3y4 or
3y2+3y4
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
the x = is optional
Appendices 379
The graph tool will rearrange functions if possible. 3xy + y = 4x will be internally rearranged into y = 4x/(3x+1) to provide access to more of the graph tool's features.
5.3.7.6
Implicitly Defined
Implicitly defined functions are treated in two stages.
1.
The graph tool tries to rearrange the function to be in terms of x or y and will then graph the function.
2.
If the graph tool cannot rearrange the function, it uses a more generalized approach to graphing. For example,
(x2+2y22)(2x2+y22)+1/20=0
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 380
This approach basically looks for equality between the two sides of the equation. When using this form of graphing, the graph tool cannot perform detailed analysis of the curve.
5.3.7.7
Parametric
Parametric curves are entered as two equations in terms of t  separated by a semicolon
(see regional issues).
x = 6cos t ; y = 6sin 3t
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 381
Default Domains
Cartesian and Inverse Cartesian functions have an "implied domain"  the bounds of the axes you have drawn the function on. If you have not explicitly set a domain, the graph tool can automatically determine a suitable domain from the axes it is using. For parametric graphs, there is not a natural domain that can be easily determined. To counter this problem, the graph tool uses a default domain for parametric graphs.
Parametric graphs 0
£
t
£
20
In most cases the default domains produce acceptable results. Sometimes you may need to override the default domains in order to create the result you are after.
Regional Issues
If you use a comma as a decimal point (eg 3,2) you must use a colon to separate the two parts of a parametric equation.
x = 6cos t : y = 6sin 3t
5.3.7.8
Point Functions (Cartesian & Polar)
The graph tool allows you to mark points on functions and points on the plane using the
tool but sometimes you will want to mark points that include constants or as joined points. the graph tool allows you to by entering points as functions. Points are entered as ordered pairs  optionally separated by semicolons (see regional issues).
(2,3) (1,1); (1,1) (3,2)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 382
By prefixing one of the points by a P, the graph tool will interpret all of the points as being in polar form, (r, ). When entering points in polar form, you need to enter the angle in the currently selected angle type.
P(6,pi/4) (3,3pi/4) angle set to Radians
Constants
Points can contain constants which are discussed later in this manual. You can enter a point of (3a,b) for example.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 383
Regional Issues
If you use a comma as a decimal point (eg 3,2) you must use a semicolon to separate the two coordinates and (optionally) a colon to separate the individual points.
(2;3) (1,1;1,1) : (1;1) (3;2)
5.3.7.9
Groups of Points
The graph tool can plot groups of points and join them together. Simply place a + sign between the points. See regional issues.
(3,5)+(3,6)+(4,5)+(5,5)+(5,4)+(3,4)+(2,3)+(2,0)+(1,0)+(1,3)+(1,3)+(1,0)+(2,0)+(
2,3)+(3,4)+(5,2)+(5,3)+(3,5)+(3,5)
You can mix points and groups of points in the same function.
Regional Issues
If you use a comma as a decimal point (eg 3,2) you must use a semicolon to separate the two coordinates.
(3;5)+(3;6)+(4;5)+(5;5)+(5;4)+(3;4)+(2;3)+(2;0)+(1;0)+(1;3)+(1;3)+(1;0)+(2;0)+(
2;3)+(3;4)+(5;2)+(5;3)+(3;5)+(3;5)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 384
5.3.7.10 Vectors
Vectors are entered as <2,3>. They can be added, subtracted and combined with a point.
See regional issues
For example:
(2,3) + <4,7> + <3,3>  <4,0>
Polar Vectors
If you prefix one of the vectors/points with a P, the graph tool will interpret the points and vectors as polars. You must enter any angles using the current angle measurement
(degrees or radians).
p(1,pi) + <2,pi/3>  <6,pi/4>
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 385
Constants
Vectors can contain constants which are discussed later in this manual. You can enter a vector of <3a,b> for example.
Regional Issues
If you use a comma as a decimal point (eg 3,2) you must use a semicolon to separate the two coordinates.
(2;3) + <4;7> + <3;3>  <4;0>
5.3.7.11 Smoothed Curves
If you join points with a tilde (~), the graph tool will draw a smoothed line joining the points.
For example, if you enter (10,4)~(5,3)~(1,1)~(6,8)~(10,4) as your function, the graph tool will draw this graph.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 386
You can mix ~ and + in the same function.
(10,4)~(5,3) + (1,1)~(6,8)~(10,4)
The smoothed curves do not have to be left to right. In other words, they do not need to represent a function.
(10,4)~(5,3)~(1,1)~(6,8)~(10,4)~(6,10)~(5,5)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 387
5.3.7.12 First Order Differentials
To enter a first order differential, include a y ' or f '(x) in the function definition. For example, type y'=3x+2y
Each little line shows the slope at the point. If you hover over one of the slope lines, the graph tool will calculate the slope at that point.
If you select the Marked Point tool.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
and add a point on top of one of the slope lines.
Appendices 388
the graph tool will solve the differential equation at the marked point and show you on screen. You can add multiple points if you wish.
5.3.7.13 Complex Numbers
The graph tool introduces some support for complex numbers. It is possible to confuse the graph tool, but in the vast majority of school situations, it will produce the desired result.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
To enter a complex number, just type it in as it is written.
z = 4+3i z = 3cis(pi/3)
Appendices 389
Complex calculations will be performed prior to graphing the result z = (2 + 3i)2
The graph tool can also solve some complex equations z5= 50+200i
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 390
Finally, the graph tool understands magnitudes and can graph most cases.
 z  i  >= 4
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 391
5.3.7.14 Greatest Integer Functions, Sgn Functions and Piecewise Defined Functions
Greatest Integer Functions and Sgn Functions involve discontinuities that can sometimes be difficult to analyse. Simple functions such as y = gint(x) are easy to interpret and discontinuities will be correctly shown.
Due to the graph tool's ability to graph functions of arbitrary complexity it is possible to construct functions that confuse the graph tool's analysis routines and have the discontinuities incorrectly shown.
5.3.7.15 Piecewise Defined Functions
The graph tool automatically detects and graphs piecewise defined functions. All you have to do is to enter functions with domains that line up.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 392
5.3.7.16 3D Cartesian Functions
3D Cartesian functions should be entered in terms of x, y and z. z = x2/10  y2/10
You do not have to enter the function in z= form, providing the function you enter can be transformed (internally by FX Graph) into z= or z2= format.
x2+y2+z2=64
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 393
5.3.7.17 3D Polar Functions
3D Polar functions are entered in terms of r, th and ph (r, θ and Φ) r=2+4sin 2th + 3cos ph
5.3.7.18 3D Points and Vectors
3D points and vectors are entered in the same way as 2D points and vectors, just with three dimensions.
(4,5,7)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
<7,5,3>
Putting a + sign between points will join them
(1,2,3)+(4,5,2)+(1,6,9)
Appendices 394
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 395
You can add and subtract vectors.
5.3.7.19 3D Parametric Functions
Enter 3D parametric functions in terms of t. For example: x = 5 cos t; y = 5 sin t; z = 5 cos 3t
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 396
5.3.8
Function Reference
Command
e pi sin cos tan asin or sin1 acos or cos1 atan or tan1 sec cosec cot cosh sinh tanh ln log log base n sr or sqrt abs
 root
Description
constant e = 2.18281828… constant p = 3.141592654… sine of an angle cosine of an angle tangent of an angle arcsine or inverse sine arccosine or inverse cosine arctangent or inverse tangent secant of an angle cosecant of an angle cotangent of an angle hyperbolic cosine hyperbolic sine hyperbolic tangent natural logarithm base 10 logarithm base n logarithms square root absolute value absolute value nth root. Any root of the argument can be found by adding the number in front of the word "root"
Example
y = e^x y = pi x2 y = sin 2x y = cos3 x r = 2tan th y = asin(x) y
= sin1(x) as above as above y = sec2 x as above as above y = cosh x y = sinh x y = tanh x y = ln(2x) y = log(x) y = log2 x y = sr(x) y
= sqrt(x2) y = abs x y = x  2 y = 3root x y
= 5root(x2)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 397
normal gint sgn calculates the normal probability distribution for x standard deviations from the mean greatest integer function greatest integer function sign function asec or arcsec inverse secant inverse cosecant inverse cotangent y = normal(x) y = gint(x) y = [ x ] y = sgn(x) y = asec(x) y = acosec(x) y = acot(x) acosec or arccosec acot or arccot
5.3.9
Points of Interest
The graph tool finds most points of interest for you  automatically. You do not need to
"do" anything  just move the mouse around the graph. Any points of interest will be marked and a short message giving the coordinates and why it is "interesting". All of the points in this diagram have been found automatically and displayed by hovering the mouse over the point.
5.3.10 Right Clicking
Much of the graph tool's functionality is accessed by rightclicking.
If you right click on blank space on the graph's grid, the Quick Entry screen is displayed.
If you right click on most components of a graph, a minimenu is displayed that allows you to edit the object or add an annotation.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 398
5.3.11 Function Control Toolba2
Whenever you select a function graph in FX Draw, the function control toolbar will appear.
The function control toolbar allows you to select between the various modes available for the function graph tool. If your function contains a constant or constants, you will able to control the constants using the constant controllers that appear in this area of the screen.
5.3.12 Select Mode
Select Mode is the basic mode of the graph tool. You can choose select mode by pressing the graph.
button on the toolbar. When in select mode, you can select most objects in a
If you sweep out a rectangle, you can select multiple objects at the same time.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 399
5.3.13 Moving Around The Plane Using The Keyboard
You can move around your axes using the arrow keys on your computer. If we have a set of axes such as
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 400
pushing the right arrow a few times will result in
We have moved to the right. If we push the right arrow a few more times we will see
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 401
The graph tool will break the scale (if you have allowed it to) and move further to the right of the plane.
You can use all four arrow keys to move anywhere on the plane.
The Home Key
Pressing the home key at any stage will return you to the origin.
5.3.14 Zooming
The graph tool's Point of Interest system greatly reduces the number of times you will wish to zoom into a graph but the graph tool supports zooming in a number of ways.
5.3.14.1 Zooming with the Keyboard
You can zoom in and out using the keyboard.
Page Up
Page Down 
Home 
Zooms the axes out
Zooms the axes in
Centres the axes on the origin.
Starting Axes
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 402
Page Up Zooms OUT by 33%
Page Down Zooms IN by 33%
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 403
5.3.14.2 Zooming with the Mouse
5.3.14.2.1 Zoom Mode
Before using your mouse to zoom, you must first enter Zoom Mode. Push the button on the graph tool's toolbar.
Once in Zoom mode you can use the mouse to Zoom into and out from functions.
5.3.14.2.2 Click Zooming
If you click the left mouse button somewhere on the plane, the graph tool will zoom in to the point you click on. This allows you to quickly and easily zoom in on points of interest.
If you right click, the graph tool will zoom out.
5.3.14.2.3 Rectangle Zooming
If you sweep out a rectangle while holding down the left mouse button, the graph tool will zoom into the rectangle you have defined.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 404
5.3.14.2.4 Undo Zoom
Undo remembers zoom events so you can undo any zoom by choosing Undo from the Edit menu or by typing Ctrl+Z
5.3.15 Domains
Domains can be entered for most functions using one of two formats.
1.
Using greater than, less than, greater than or equal to and less than or equal to signs. These are typed after a semicolon (or colon if you use a , as a decimal point) after the function when entering functions in the Quick Entry screen.
For example:
2.
You can also enter domains using bracket notation, (2,3] for example.
Parentheses indicate > or < and square brackets £ or ³. This style of domain is quicker to use and does not require a semicolon (or colon).
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
For example:
Appendices 405
When using bracket notation you can use braces ( { and } ) to control the domain but mark the end points with ARROWS. For example, entering x24 {3,3} will produce this graph.
Constants
Domains can contain constants which are discussed later in this manual. You can have a domain of [3a,b) for example.
Regional Issues
If you use a comma as a decimal point (eg 3,2) you must enter domains either as x2 : 2<=x<2 or x2 [2;2)
5.3.16 Default Domains
If you have not explicitly set a domain, the graph tool will choose one for you.
Cartesian and inverse graphs have a domain implied by the size of the axes and the graph
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
tool will automatically draw a graph for this implied domain.
Polar and parametric graphs have no implied domain so the graph tool uses:
Polar graphs
0
£ q £
360 (degrees mode)
0
£ q £
2 p
(radian mode)
Parametric graphs
0
£ t £
20
If your polar or parametric graph is incomplete, you may need to set your own domain.
5.3.17 Constants
5.3.17.1 Entering Constants
The graph tool understands seven constants.
Fixed Constants e pi
~
~
2.718281828
3.141592654
These constants can be used in functions, axes, domains, points and vectors.
Variable Constants
Variable constants (now there is an interesting concept  they probably should be called parameters) allow you to examine how changing numbers in a function affects the function's shape.
The graph tool reserves a, b, c, d and m as constants that can be included in functions.
They are entered in the same way as the variables x, y, r, t and th.
For example, you can enter the following function y = ax2 + bx + c and examine how changing a, b and c affects the parabola.
5.3.17.2 Changing Constants
When the graph tool detects a constant in a function, it automatically adds a constant controller to the bottom of its screen. FX Graph adds one constant controller for each constant.
406
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 407
Let's look at a constant controller in more detail. The first edit box allows you to explicitly set the value of the constant. You can type in any value for the constant  including e or pi. For example, you can set the value of a to be pi/2. The slider allows you to modify the constant interactively. As you slide the slider left or right, the constant will be incremented or decremented by the amount shown as delta.
The second edit box allows you to set the Delta for the constant  how much it changes each time you move the slider (or draw a family of curves or animate). You can type any value in for delta  including values based on e or pi.
The final two buttons allow you to draw families of curves or animate a graph. These are discussed in the next sections.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 408
5.3.17.3 Families of Curves
The graph tool can graph a family of curves by changing a constant. Just push the button
For example, if you have entered the function y = ax2.
I have set a to be 1 and the delta to be 0.25. The graph shows a family of curves, centered around a = 1 with a varying from 0.25 to 2.25. In other words we have graphed: y = 0.25x^2 y = 0x^2 y = 0.25x^2 y = 0.5x^2 y = 0.75x^2 y = 1x^2 y = 1.25x^2 y = 1.5x^2 y = 1.75x^2 y = 2x^2 and y = 2.25x^2 all on the same set of axes.
This graph also shows one of the graph tool 4's new features where graphs away from the
"main" value of a have reduced transparency. This can more clearly demonstrate some concepts. This, in turn, brings us to the other window in the constant controllers.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 409
Two of controls in this window affect families of curves. The slider changes the number of curves in the family, or how many steps away from the "main" value the graph tool moves. By moving the slider all the way to the right, we greatly increase the number of curves in the family. Underneath the slider, the graph tool shows the range of values that a will take based on your current settings. In our case a is varying from 0.25 to 2.25.
You can also turn off the transparency effect using the indicated button.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 410
5.3.17.4 Animations
All constants can be animated. Just push the animate button on the constant you wish to animate.
The constant will immediately start animating. a will increase and decrease in steps of delta.
The second controller window allows you to control the animation.
The Number of Iterations slider controls how far from the "main" value the graph tool travels in the iteration. The Animation Speed slider controls the speed of the animation.
The Reversing/OneWay button controls whether the animation goes
Up ... Down ... Up ... Down ... Up ... Down ... Up
or
Up ... Start Again ... Up ... Start Again ... Up ... Start Again ...
Up
Brain Drain
Animating functions in the graph tool is very computationally intensive because the graph tool has so much to calculate each time. Intercepts, maxima and minima, integrals, derivatives... everything is recalculated. This means that on slower computers, the animations may not be as fast as you would like.
Stopping an Animation
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 411
You can stop an animation by clicking on the animate button again.
Animation with Multiple Constants
If you have more than one constant, you can change the other constants during the animation. Try animating the c constant in y = ax2 + bx + c. While the animation is running, change a and b.
5.3.17.5 Constants Everywhere
You are not restricted to using constants just in function definitions. The can be used in most situations in the graph tool.
In domains.
In the bounds of integrals.
In the number of divisions for integral approximations.
In the "At" point of tangent/secant lines
In the Delta of tangent/secant lines.
Using constants in these locations allows you to easily create some fairly fancy animations and families of curves.
5.3.18 Variables
The graphing tool provides a variable controller for any variable in your entered function.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 412
If you change the display type to show a variable dot, the slider allows you to control the location of the dot and, optionally, only display part of the function.
5.3.19 Inequations & Feasible Regions
5.3.19.1 Entering Inequations
Inequations are entered by replacing the = sign in your equation by either,
>, <, >= or <=
Inequations can be entered for all function types except parametric.
x + y <= 4 r > 2 sin th xy2 >= yx2 + 4 y >= 2x7 x > 0
z <= 4
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
The graph tool will produce a shaded graph depending on your Feasible Region Options.
413
5.3.19.2 Inequation Shading Options
On many occasions, you will be entering a number of inequations and trying to identify the region that satisfies ALL the inequations  also known as the feasible region.
The graph tool can show the feasible region in a number of ways  depending on your needs. The feasible region options can be changed by opening the Quick Entry screen
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 414
The Feasible Region options are described in the next sections.
5.3.19.2.1 Half Planes or Feasible Region
When graphing multiple inequations, the graph tool can graph each as a half plane, or combine the inequations and shade ONLY the feasible region.
For example, if we graph 2x + y <= 8 and x + 2y <= 10
Half Planes
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 415
Shading half planes
When shading half planes, the graph tool shades the region which satisfies each equation
INDIVIDUALLY. In the above example, the region which satisfies both inequations has been shaded twice. the graph tool uses each function's color for its shading.
But Wait! I Was Expecting The Graph Tool to Shade the
Other Side!
Unfortunately, which side of the inequation to shade depends on where you live. Some school systems want the side that satisfies the inequation shaded  some the side that does NOT satisfy the inequation. the graph tool can handle either. Choose Preferences from the Tools menu and then select Graph
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 416
In the screen above, the graph tool is set to shade the region which satisfies the inequation. If I uncheck the box, the graph tool will shade the region which does not satisfy the inequation. This setting only affects Half Plane Shading.
Only Feasible Region
Alternatively you can tell the graph tool to shade ONLY the feasible region. This is often clearer.
In this graph, the graph tool has calculated the region which satisfies BOTH inequations
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
and has shaded just that region. The area is shaded using the color, style and opacity selected in the Quick Entry screen.
417
Shading for One Inequation
If you only enter one inequation, FX Draw will use Half Plane shading (honoring your setting for which side to shade) regardless of the Half Plane/Feasible Region setting.
5.3.19.2.2 Solid Shading
Solid Shading
Solid shading is one block of solid color. Solid shading has the advantage of being faster to
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 418
calculate and displays better on some devices. The graph tool uses solid shading when you have allowed it to and when the system of inequations is not too complicated for its systems.
Dotted shading
Uses an array of dots. The graph tool tests an array of coordinates and determines whether each point satisfies all inequations. Any points which satisfy all inequations are displayed. Dotted shading is a more robust approach  the complexity of the regions does not matter  but it is computationally intensive and does not display as well on some devices.
The graph tool will use dotted shading when the system of inequations is too complicated to solve. For example,
In this case it is the magenta implicitly defined equation that is causing the graph tool to drop down to dotted shading.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.3.20 Derivative Curves
Cartesian functions can displayed with their first and second derivative curves.
419
To draw derivative curves for a function you have two options.
Right Click
If you right click on an existing function you will see this minimenu
You can select 1st and 2nd derivative curves on this mini menu.
Function Properties
You can access the Function Properties by pushing the Function Properties option on the
Quick Entry screen.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 420
You can turn the derivative curves on or off and can change the line style, weight and colour.
5.3.21 Integrals
The graph tool can graph integrals for any Cartesian function.
5.3.21.1 Using Your Mouse to Create Integrals
5.3.21.1.1 Integral Mode
Before using your mouse to create an integral, you must first enter Integral Mode. Push the button on the graph tool's toolbar.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
Integral mode is only available if you have entered a function that the graph tool can integrate.
Once in Integral mode you can use the mouse to create integrals.
5.3.21.1.2 Integration with One Function Graphed
Sketching integrals is easiest when you only have one function graphed  because it is obvious which function you wish to integrate!
Draw your function
Select Integral Mode
Move the mouse to the lower bound you wish to integrate.
Click and drag the mouse to the upper bound you wish to integrate.
Release the mouse.
421
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 422
Easy!
If you move the cursor over the integral and "hover", the graph tool will display the details of the integral.
Often you will want to create an integral that starts or finishes at a special point  x intercepts for example. This is almost as easy  you just need to move the mouse near the x intercept and wait for the graph tool to find the intercept before you click or release the mouse.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 423
5.3.21.1.3 Integration with Two (or More) Functions Graphed
Integration with two or more functions graphed is slightly more difficult  simply because you need to tell the graph tool which of the functions you want to integrate. This is not too hard however. Move your cursor near the function at the lower bound and wait until the graph tool finds the function. Then click, drag, release  just like before.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 424
5.3.21.1.4 Integral Between Two Curves
To create an integral between two curves using the mouse, your first click must be on an intersection between the two curves. This is normally exactly what you want.
Move until the point of intersection has been found
If you start your integral now, the integral will be between the two curves.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 425
Notice that even though the integral had to start at an intersection, it does not have to end at one.
But I Don't Want My Integral to Start at the Intersection!
Then either create your integral with the mouse, starting at the intersection (or even under just one of the functions) and edit it later. See
Editing Integrals for more details on
how to edit integrals
5.3.21.1.5 Integral to y Axis
You cannot create an integral (or area) to the y axis using the mouse. To create a y axis integral, you need to create it to the x axis using the mouse and edit the integral later
(see
5.3.21.2 Editing Integrals With a Mouse
You can edit some aspects of an integral using your mouse.
Selecting an Integral
Click anywhere within the integral to select it. When selected, the integrals border with thicken.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 426
Deleting an Integral
When an integral is selected, press Delete to delete it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.3.21.3 Editing Integrals
You can edit any integral by right clicking on it and then selecting Edit Properties.
427
This allows you to select the function for which the integral is found and the upper and lower bounds of integration. Notice that the graph tool shows you a formatted integral so you can clearly see exactly what you are finding.
Bounds can be expressed in terms of pi or e and can contain constants.
Including a constant in your bounds of integration allows you to produce some very useful animations.
The Swap button will swap the bounds of integration which will reverse the sign of the result.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 428
The second drop down box allows you to change how the integral is calculated. Here you can select an integral to the y axis or select a second function so that the graph tool finds the integral between two functions. This allows you to select any possible integral.
The bottom pane of the integral screen allows you to set the pen and shading for the selected integral.
Show Area if Different
If this is selected, the graph tool will calculate and show the area of an integral as well as the actual integral.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.3.21.4 Approximations To The Integral
The graph tool can produce seven different approximations to the integral.
429
O riginal Integral
Minimum  uses the minimum in eac h division
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Maximum  uses the maximum in eac h division
Appendices 430
Left  uses the left hand value of eac h division
Right  uses the right hand value of eac h division
Trapezium Rule
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 431
Simpson's Rule (2 divisions)
Note that we had to reduce the number of divisions for Simpson's Rule otherwise the approximation was indistinguishable from the actual integral!
Each of the approximations divides the integral in to the given number of divisions (in most of the example above we have used 6 divisions). You can use a constant in the divisions box. This allows you to show students how quickly the various approximations approach the integral.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 432
With just 4 divisions, Simpson's Rule approximates the integral to 3 dec imal plac es.
5.3.22 Volumes of Solids of Revolution
You can create volumes of solids of revolution by:
1.
Drawing a 2D Cartesian function.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 433
2.
Select the Integral tool and sweep out an integral
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 434
3.
Right click on the integral and select a rotation.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 435
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 436
4.
You can use the Volume slider to demonstrate or animate the rotation.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 437
5.3.23 Tangent and Secant Lines
The graph tool can attach Tangent and Secant Lines to any Cartesian function.
5.3.23.1 Using Your Mouse to Create Tangent Lines
5.3.23.1.1 Tangent / Secant Line Mode
Before using your mouse to create a tangent or secant, you must first enter Tangent /
Secant Line Mode. Push the button on the graph tool's toolbar. The cursor will change to remind you that you are using Tangent / Secant Line mode.
Tangent / Secant Line mode is only available if you have entered a function that the graph tool can attach a tangent line to.
Once in Tangent / Secant Line mode you can use the mouse to create tangent and secant lines.
5.3.23.1.2 Tangent Line on a Curve
Attaching a tangent line to a function is easy. Just click on the curve you wish to attach the tangent line to. BEFORE you click, make sure that the graph tool has found the curve.
You will know it has found the curve when it displays the curve's definition.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 438
5.3.23.1.3 Secant Line on a Curve
Attaching a secant line to a function is not difficult. Click on the curve you wish to attach the tangent line to and drag your mouse to the second point on the line before releasing.
BEFORE you click, make sure that the graph tool has found the curve. You will know it has found the curve when it displays the curve's definition.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 439
The point you initially clicked on is the main, fixed point of the secant line. The release point is mobile.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 440
5.3.23.1.4 Selecting Tangent/Secant Lines
You can select a tangent/secant line by clicking anywhere on it. The selected line will increase in thickness.
5.3.23.1.5 Moving a Tangent / Secant Line With Your Mouse
You can move a tangent or secant line on a curve by selecting it then moving it with your mouse.
First, select the line. When the line is selected, it will be drawn thicker.
You can move the line by clicking and dragging. You can also use the keyboard to move a selected tangent / secant line. See
Using Your Keyboard for more details.
5.3.23.2 Using Your Keyboard
Tangent Lines
The left and right arrows will move your tangent line left and right.
Secant Lines
The left and right arrows will move the release point of the secant line. If you hold down the Shift or Ctrl key, the left and right arrows will move the main point of the secant line.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.3.23.3 Editing a Tangent / Secant Line
You can edit a tangent / secant line by rightclicking on it and then choosing Edit
Properties
441
Here you can change the function, location, delta and line properties.
5.3.24 Tables of Values
5.3.24.1 What are Tables of Values?
Tables of Values are data generated from the functions you have entered. One of their main uses is to copy data out of the graph tool and into other products such as Word or
Excel.
5.3.24.2 Tables Mode
Before using your mouse to create a table of values , you must first enter Tables Mode.
Push the button on the graph tool's toolbar. The cursor will change to remind you that you are using Tables mode.
Tables mode is available when you have entered a function.
5.3.24.3 Adding a Table of Values
Easy.
Draw a function.
Select Table of Values mode
Hover over a function so that the graph tool finds the function.
Click
A table will be inserted using your current defaults.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 442
You can then move and modify the table to suit your needs.
5.3.24.4 Moving a Table of Values
You can click on a table of values to select it. Once selected, a table can be moved using the mouse.
5.3.24.5 Horizontal or Vertical?
Tables of Values can be horizontal or vertical. The original table of values will be based on your current default. You can change the orientation of the table by rightclicking on it.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 443
5.3.24.6 Copying Data to The Clipboard
Data in a table of values can be copied to the clipboard. Right click on a table of values and choose Copy Data to Clipboard. Data will be placed on the clipboard in the same orientation as table of values. x
1 y
1
10 9
2 3
100 81
4 9
8
4
64
16
7
5
49
25
6
6
36
36
5
7
25
49
4
8
16
64
3
9
9
81
2
10
4
100
1
1
0
0
Table data is placed on the clipboard in formats suitable for insertion into most word processors and spreadsheets.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 444
5.3.24.7 Where Do The Entries Come From?
When you first insert a table, the graph tool will fill the table with entries automatically.
These entries are taken from the current axes settings. If your axes are from 10 to 10 in steps of 1, the table will use the same settings. If your axes are from pi to pi in steps of pi/8, the table will be the same.
5.3.24.8 Editing Tables of Values
Right click on a table of values and choose Edit Table Properties.
1. Tables of values have four vertical and four horizontal styles.
2. Tables of values are normally coloured based on the function that they are derived on so normally this will be kept checked. If you want to specify different colours you can turn this off and set the shading and pen explicitly.
3. Entries are normally automatic but you can explicitly set a starting point, increment and count.
5.3.25 Marked Points
5.3.25.1 What is a Marked Point?
A marked point is a point that has been added to your diagram by clicking on the screen, rather than entering the coordinates of the point as a "function". They are quicker and easier to use than entered points.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 445
5.3.25.2 Marked Point Mode
Before using your mouse to create a marked point, you must first enter Marked Point
Mode. Push the button on FX Graph's toolbar. The cursor will change to remind you that you are using Marked Point mode.
Marked Point mode is always available.
5.3.25.3 Free Marked Points
When in marked point mode, you can click and add marked points anywhere on the plane.
These points are not logically connected to any other feature on the graph.
If you click on a free marked point it will be selected. Selected points increase in size.
Moving Free Marked Points
A selected free marked point can be moved with the mouse or with the arrow keys on the keyboard.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices
5.3.25.4 Marked Points on Functions
If you have a function on screen and move your mouse so that FX Graph finds the function, any marked point will be attached to the function.
446
The resulting marked point can still be selected but, when moving, it will be attached to the function.
Whether you move this point with the mouse or with the left and right arrow keys, the point will always be on the function.
5.3.25.5 Marked Points on Slope Fields
Marked points on slope fields are treated differently. If the marked point is attached to one of the slope points (you have to make sure that FX Graph has found the point), FX
Graph will solve the differential equation through that point.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 447
This marked point can be selected and moved with the mouse or keyboard.
5.3.25.6 Editing Marked Points
Right click on a marked point and choose Edit Properties to change the marked point's properties.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 448
Here you can change the points style, size and colour.
Showing construction lines allows you to show dotted lines from the point to the x and y axes.
5.3.26 Arc / Curve Lengths
FX Draw can calculate arc/curve lengths for 2D Cartesian functions.
1.
Create a 2D Cartesian function.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 449
2.
Select the Curve Length Mode
3.
integral.
Use the mouse sweep out the curve length. The process is identical to creating an
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 450
4.
Right click on the arc to change its properties.
5.3.27 Rulers
The ruler tool can be used to add a measurement to any 2D axes. Simply select the tool and add a ruler.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Appendices 451
Note that the ruler will show a measurement relevant to the plane. If your plane does not have a 1:1 aspect ratio, horizontal and vertical distances will not be the same length onscreen, as shown above.
6 Installation
6.1
System Requirements
Windows
Efofex products are fully tested and compatible with Windows 7, 8, 8.1 and 10. Using
Efofex products with earlier versions of Windows (2000, XP and Vista) is technically possible but may require you to install specific updates. Efofex does not provide support for running our products on Windows 2000, XP and Vista.
Efofex products work best with Microsoft Word 2007 and later.
Mac
Efofex products will run on OSX 10.7 or later.
Efofex equation tools require Microsoft Word 2011 or later in order to insert targeted equations into documents. Earlier versions do not implement Microsoft's Office Math
Markup Language that is used for this process.
March 14, 2017 : Note that we have recently been informed that Word 2011 compresses graphics even when requested not to. This is preventing the Efofex
Cloud system from identifying the embedded IDs in graphics. You can find more information
.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 452
6.2
Installing Efofex Products on Your Computer (Basic)
Windows
To install Efofex products onto your system:
Download the installation file onto your computer  noting where the file has been saved.
Double click on the installation file.
The install program will ask you which directory you would like the Efofex products to be placed in and will then make all necessary adjustments to your system.
Mac
To install Efofex products onto your system:
Download the installation file onto your computer
Open Finder and go to Downloads
Double click on the downloaded DMG file.
Drag any desired applications into your computer's Application folder
Please note that all of our products are distributed as timelimited, evaluation versions. If you do not enter registration information within 30 days of installation, the product will cease to work as normal. If you have purchased a subscription for our products, you can enter it during installation or later, by choosing Manage Account from the Help menu of any product.
6.3
The Preference Interview
When you first start most Efofex products, they will give you an opportunity to set a series of options that allow you to set up the software to create things exactly the way you need them to.
For example, the graph tools ask which side of an inequation should be shaded (this differs around the world).
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 453
Make you selections for each option and in a few minutes, FX Draw will be producing exactly what you want.
All options can be changed later or you can rerun the interview from the Tools menu.
6.4
Installation Notes (Windows)
6.4.1
Administrator Privileges
Efofex products require Administrator privileges in order to install and save their registration information. We recommend that if you have purchased a registration code, you enter it during installation to combine these two procedures. If you are installing the software on a networked computer the software will probably need to be installed by your
IT coordinator. You do NOT need administrator privileges to run Efofex products normally.
6.4.2
Integrating Efofex Products into Word (Windows)
Note that with the release of Efofex Cloud, integration with Word is far less crucial. You only need to complete this step if your users are using Efofex products as OLE objects.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 454
Some users will want to integrate our products into Word. From December 2015, we are no longer able to perform this integration for All Users of a computer due to security changes implemented by Microsoft. For this reason, we have removed the integration from the installer and integration is now performed by the user as needed.
Users can choose integrate from the Help menu at any time.
Both of these options place a copy of the Efofex dotm files (stored in the Efofex program subdirectory) into the Word startup location in the User’s Roaming profile
(usually C:\Users\%USERNAME%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Word\Startup)
This process does not require administrator permissions. The template files will be loaded the next time Word starts.
From a support point of view, the only involvement you are likely to have is to remind users to use the Integration option from the Help menu if they choose No on the initial screen.
6.4.3
Unlocking The Software
Your subscriptions for Efofex products are provided as a Registered Name and Passcode
If you are evaluating the software and wish to purchase:
Choose the license you require. For a full description of the licenses available, read the license information on our website.
Contact Efofex or your local distributor by post, fax or email for the latest prices.
Alternatively the latest prices are available from our web site at www.efofex.com
Purchase a passcode from Efofex or your local distributor and use the instructions below to register your copy.
To unlock your copy during installation:
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation
When offered the opportunity during installation, type in your Registered Name and
Passcode as supplied by Efofex.
455
To unlock your copy after installation:
From the Help menu choose Manage Account...
Press the Enter Code button. The Enter Code window will appear.
Type in your Registered Name and Unlock Code as provided by Efofex. If you have a full site or distribution subscription, you will also be offered a place to create a user name.
Your initials make a good username.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 456
Once you have successfully validated your code, any products which you have a valid subscription for will operate after the 30 day evaluation period.
6.4.4
Adobe Acrobat
All manuals are provided in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. In order to read and print the manuals you will need to obtain a copy of Acrobat Reader V6.0 or later.
The Acrobat reader is available as a free download from www.adobe.com.
Before downloading a copy of the reader, try clicking on the supplied PDF files. You are quite likely to already have a copy of Acrobat Reader installed on your system.
6.5
Installation Notes (Mac)
6.5.1
Installing the Products
Installing on a Mac is easy. Double click on the downloaded dmg file and then drag the desired apps into the applications folder. Nothing else is required.
6.5.2
Unlocking The Software
Your licenses for Efofex products are provided as a Registered
Name and Passcode
If you are evaluating the software and wish to purchase:
Choose the licence you require. For a full description of the licences available, read the licence information file on this disk.
Contact Efofex or your local distributor by post, fax or email for the latest prices.
Alternatively the latest prices are available from our web site at www.efofex.com
Purchase a registration code from Efofex or your local distributor and use the instructions below to register your copy.
To unlock your copy after installation:
From the Help menu choose Manage Account. Then choose Enter A Code
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 457
Type in your Registered Name and Passcode as provided by Efofex. Then press Validate
Code which will check your code with our servers. You also have the option of creating a Username at this point.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 458
The program will now operate correctly past the thirty day evaluation period.
6.6
Installation Notes For Network Administrators
6.6.1
Internet Access Required
Efofex Cloud requires our products be given access to the Internet. They use this access for two crucial purposes:
Synchronizing the local database to our servers. This allows your teachers to use their graphics on any Mac or Windows computer seamlessly. Most graphics use about 1 kilobyte of data to synchronize so this will not create a large load on your link.
Interrogating our registration server to determine the current status of your subscription. This occurs once per invocation of the program moves about 1 kilobytes of data.
The software CAN operate without Internet access and will synchronize data and check its registration at the earliest opportunity.
6.6.2
New Registration System
The introduction of Efofex Cloud also sees the introduction of a new accountsbased registration system.
The new system pairs your registered name with a "passcode". This allows our products to interrogate our registration server and determine your current license status.
The main advantage of this system is that you only need to enter the passcode once. Our previous registration code system required you to distribute a new code to all computers whenever a subscription was extended. The new system requires no further action on your part. If you extend a subscription, we update our registration server and all computers logged in to your account will automatically download the new subscription details the next time the programs are started.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 459
6.6.3
Windows Installations
We have a number of tools available that allow you to install the software on Windows networks
6.6.3.1
Silent Installs (Command Line Interface)
Efofex provides installers for our products that can be installed and licensed using a command line interface. This allows network administrators to automate the installation of our products.
Command Line Interface
Efofex product installers can use the following command line parameters:
/Licences
Use a central licence server location
/Name
Create a local licence file with a given name (used with /
Passcode)
/Code, /Passcode
Create a local licence file with a given passcode (used with /
Name)
/Tasks
/Components
Can be used to disable desktop icons
Control which products are installed.
/Dir Control the installation directory for the software
/SuppressMsgBoxes
Not normally needed. Can be used to suppress the “Word is
Open” dialog box.
/NoCancel
/Manual
Not normally needed
Used to manually register computer when no connectivity is available. Only use this option after consultation with Efofex.
/noVC Prevent Installer from installing Visual C++ support files.
/Licences
Usage: /Licences="x:/dirname"
Allows the product to use a licence server. You will find more details on using licence servers later in this document.
Enter the location you wish to centrally store your licence files. This can be on a mapped drive (/Licences="D:/Licences/Efofex") or on a drive accessed with a UNC name (/Licences="//licenceserver/efofex"). You can use forward slashes
(as shown) on Windows machines. If you choose to use back slashes, you need to enter them doubled as they are interpreted as escaped characters (/Licences="D:\
\Licences\\Efofex" or /Licences="\\\\licenceserver\\efofex")
/Name
Usage: /Name="Yourtown Secondary College"
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 460
Used in conjunction with /Passcode
You will use the /Name /Passcode parameter pair to install your licenses onto the local machines. You will find more details on using local license installations later in this document.
/Code, /Passcode
Usage: /Passcode="109B4"
Used in conjunction with /Name
/Silent ,/VerySilent
Instructs Setup to be silent or very silent. When Setup is silent the wizard and the background window are not displayed but the installation progress window is. When a setup is very silent this installation progress window is not displayed. You will usually use /
VerySilent
/Tasks
The main use for this command is to disable the creation of desktop icons.
Usage: /Tasks="!Desk"
You can also use it to add quick access buttons to the taskbar
Usage: /Tasks="Quick"
/Components
Usage (FX MathPack): /Components="Draw,Equation,Graph,Stat"
Usage (FX SciencePack): /Components="Chem,Equation,ChemStruct”
If this parameter is missing, the installer will install all components. If, for example, you wished to install only FX Draw and FX Equation from FX MathPack, you would use /
Components="Draw,Equation"
/Dir
Usage: /Dir="x:\dirname"
Overrides the default directory name displayed on the Select Destination Location wizard page. A fully qualified pathname must be specified. Note that back slashes should NOT be doubled for this parameter. If this parameter is missing, the installer will install into the machine’s program files directory. This will normally be C:\Program Files (x86)\Efofex
/SuppressMsgBoxes
Not normally required but can be used to suppress the “Word is Open” dialog box.
Instructs Setup to suppress message boxes. Only has an effect when combined with '/
SILENT' or '/VERYSILENT'. The default response in situations where there's a choice is:
Yes in a 'Keep newer file?' situation.
No in a 'File exists, confirm overwrite.' situation.
Abort in Abort/Retry situations.
Cancel in Retry/Cancel situations.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 461
Yes (=continue) in DiskSpaceWarning, DirExists, DirDoesntExist, NoUninstallWarning,
ExitSetupMessage, ConfirmUninstall situations.
3 message boxes are not suppressible:
The About Setup message box.
The Exit Setup? message box.
Any (error) message box displayed before Setup (or Uninstall) could read the command line parameters.
/NoCancel
Not normally required
Prevents the user from cancelling during the installation process, by disabling the Cancel button and ignoring clicks on the close button. Useful along with '/SILENT' or '/
VERYSILENT'.
/Manual
This option allows you to manually license computers in situations where connectivity is not available. To use it you must have received a manual registration block from Efofex.
We STRONGLY recommend that you instead work to fix the connectivity issue rather than use this option.
To use the option, remove the [registration] and [\registration] tags from the registration block provided by Efofex. Usage is then in the format
/manual="
0sQ1`P17eL8YG#qG6}I;zn(f!IWdgp6x}=o(G0L)^vvM'U{(i2;V8vPmx]
HO:5;[email protected]>N>`ZT];fh,vNRZ60lilYU5P[nXH4!]p0^_ jL?Y^4sSTHK,2su}
HS`&En#Vf.Ye0toP=l8YlxZ#]Ys5Vmc`H_KuHc&7IJk{?5W{bP'[email protected]{NAdMWg} a8b6{M<*zKFx<:mY2iyn^Y*Qm{XZ:a^$?8U9%1<;hf!G,w?i;HFVNK=ELg]hAW;H<W
YeQzP=6at6(oe[lk5vcSaKY1m{M2ebXbFXiFK)_Kc31<m)Q3[Bb95G?2uoK19hiVH
I~5:uZ^m_h_IGy9sxiSVBfa`Q~?K*7CjaKKJa&xv!*Pv4& 9zP9HNci k5$g~`kyW l=_=iT6w)bEbOZ$8V4?/TJL#N(f<b8`^8s}8Ern~XPwG<5)(`kbnG6X`=UW$R[7p
S=vmw:&z1Y,JuB[Bs9eq#3!X%9Mc/%&[email protected]{ema$#5u]PXKuEI})4Yz_UG)mHuFuMY/*C;kuf
=:`[V?kKkLN&vqc5Sl,&f:#I14 7^?$yHP]t~s!M`aiiPPSGo:tQgB>X<N&m =,s=?
r_L$5&E:X{YY!wDUmjm9H=~nTJt6&qEL^By4Q]11[~O.rt~?#^GQ5G1kl4<n)
[email protected]!uT~C .e3t5Bjky.R{DWn#EWb5Hho{z?w<:}UkHB,0b7iFEr7TK#FYT
*FlbV!xFr^Wiln2Xo(L}hDf4ca/FwGtwQ3d^JAc3~{FT/w~h?2CiMi~sotqUu[H?KcoEba
gFBNrRm&c`),yLA BnQzy/:#[email protected]>lX_v)pkuKb?Q/
{y71B^Dmm6XL^]/>.5GjzLxoo32rL^BEMYW_Z%o(4Ve70k3qk%[I"
/noVC
Including this flag prevents the installer from checking if the appropriate Visual C++ redistributable is installed on your system. This can prevent some issues that occur when your are using mandatory profiles. Please note that this does NOT remove the requirement for these files to be present. If you choose use this flag, you are taking on responsibility for ensuring that the appropriate files are preinstalled. Normally, this flag should ONLY be used after consultation with Efofex.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 462
Examples
Installing FX Draw and FX Equation from FX MathPack using a central licence server and default installation directory
FXMathPackCloud.exe /verysilent /Licences="//licenceserver/efofex" /Tasks="WordInt,AllUsers" /Components="Draw,Equation"
Installing FX SciencePack with a local licence file, in a custom installation directory
FXSciencePackCloud.exe /verysilent /Name="Yourtown Secondary College" /Passcode="112B3" /Dir="D:\Applications"
Installing FX MathPack using a manual registration block.
FXMathPackCloud.exe /verysilent /Name="Yourtown Secondary College" /Passcode="112B3" /manual="0sQ1`P17eL8YG#qG6}
I;zn(f!IWdgp6x}=o(G0L)^vvM'U{(i2;V8vPmx]HO:5;[email protected]>N>`ZT];fh,vNRZ60lilYU5P[nXH4!]p0^_ jL?Y^4sSTHK,2su}HS`&En#V f.Ye0toP=l8YlxZ#]Ys5Vmc`H_KuHc&7IJk{?5W{bP'[email protected]{NAdMWg}a8b6{M<*zKFx<:mY2iyn^Y*Qm{XZ:a^$?8U9%1<;hf!G,w?i;HFVNK=ELg
]hAW;H<WYeQzP=6at6(oe[lk5vcSaKY1m{M2ebXbFXiFK)_Kc31<m)Q3[Bb95G?2uoK19hiVHI~5:uZ^m_h_IGy9sxiSVBfa`Q~?K*7CjaKKJa
&xv!*Pv4& 9zP9HNci k5$g~`kyWl=_=iT6w)bEbOZ$8V4?/TJL#N(f<b8`^8s}8Ern~XPwG<5)(`kbnG6X`=UW$R[7p S=vmw:&z1Y,JuB[Bs9 eq#3!X%9Mc/%&[email protected]{ema$#5u]PXKuEI})4Yz_UG)mHuFuMY/*C;kuf=:`[V?kKkLN&vqc5Sl,&f:#I14 7^?$yHP]t~s!M`aiiPPSGo:tQgB>X<N&m
=,s=?r_L$5&E:X{YY!wDUmjm9H=~nTJt6&qEL^By4Q]11[~O.rt~?#^GQ5G1kl4<n)[email protected]!uT~C .e3t5Bjky.R{DWn#EWb5Hho{z?w<:}
UkHB,0b7iFEr7TK#FYT*FlbV!xFr^Wiln2Xo(L}hDf4ca/FwGtwQ3d^JAc3~{FT/w~h?2CiMi~sotqUu[H?KcoEba gFBNrRm&c`),yLA BnQzy
/:#[email protected]>lX_v)pkuKb?Q/{y71B^Dmm6XL^]/>.5GjzLxoo32rL^BEMYW_Z%o(4Ve70k3qk%[I"
6.6.3.2
Registering Large Numbers of Computers
Option 1
The easiest way to register a large number of computers is to use the /Name and /
Passcode parameters on a silent, command line install.
FXMathPackCloud.exe /verysilent /Name="Yourtown Secondary College" /Passcode="112B3"
This will install the software in the default location and save a registration file for all users on the computer. Our new, accountsbased registration code system means that you will not need to repeat this process.
Option 2
The passcode and name are stored in FXRegistration.ini which is stored in the program installation directory (C:\Program Files (x86)\Efofex by default). You can register a new computer by copying this file to the program installation directory on the new computer.
This file has the following format
[Registration]
Name=Yourtown Secondary College
PassCode=112B3
You can manually create this file or copy it from a previously registered computer.
Option 3
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 463
You can ask individual users to register themselves. Any userentered registration (which will be done without Administrator rights) will be saved in the User's Roaming Profile and will not be available to any other users on the same computer.
Option 4 (With No Connectivity)
The easiest way to register a large number of computers is to use the /Name, /Passcode and /Manual parameters on a silent, command line install.
FXMathPackCloud.exe /verysilent /Name="Yourtown Secondary College" /Passcode="112B3" /Manual="0sQ1`P17eL8YG#qG6}
I;zn(f!IWdgp6x}=o(G0L)^vvM'U{(i2;V8vPmx]HO:5;[email protected]>N>`ZT];fh,vNRZ60lilYU5P[nXH4!]p0^_ jL?Y^4sSTHK,2su}HS`&En#V f.Ye0toP=l8YlxZ#]Ys5Vmc`H_KuHc&7IJk{?5W{bP'[email protected]{NAdMWg}a8b6{M<*zKFx<:mY2iyn^Y*Qm{XZ:a^$?8U9%1<;hf!G,w?i;HFVNK=ELg
]hAW;H<WYeQzP=6at6(oe[lk5vcSaKY1m{M2ebXbFXiFK)_Kc31<m)Q3[Bb95G?2uoK19hiVHI~5:uZ^m_h_IGy9sxiSVBfa`Q~?K*7CjaKKJa
&xv!*Pv4& 9zP9HNci k5$g~`kyWl=_=iT6w)bEbOZ$8V4?/TJL#N(f<b8`^8s}8Ern~XPwG<5)(`kbnG6X`=UW$R[7p S=vmw:&z1Y,JuB[Bs9 eq#3!X%9Mc/%&[email protected]{ema$#5u]PXKuEI})4Yz_UG)mHuFuMY/*C;kuf=:`[V?kKkLN&vqc5Sl,&f:#I14 7^?$yHP]t~s!M`aiiPPSGo:tQgB>X<N&m
=,s=?r_L$5&E:X{YY!wDUmjm9H=~nTJt6&qEL^By4Q]11[~O.rt~?#^GQ5G1kl4<n)[email protected]!uT~C .e3t5Bjky.R{DWn#EWb5Hho{z?w<:}
UkHB,0b7iFEr7TK#FYT*FlbV!xFr^Wiln2Xo(L}hDf4ca/FwGtwQ3d^JAc3~{FT/w~h?2CiMi~sotqUu[H?KcoEba gFBNrRm&c`),yLA BnQzy
/:#[email protected]>lX_v)pkuKb?Q/{y71B^Dmm6XL^]/>.5GjzLxoo32rL^BEMYW_Z%o(4Ve70k3qk%[I "
Note that the manual registration block will be provided to you by Efofex
This will install the software in the default location and save a registration file for all users on the computer. The lack of connectivity will mean that this process will need to be repeated for any new license
6.6.3.3
Using a License Server (Deprecated)
While it is still possible to use a License Server, our new accountsbased registration system makes this effectively useless. Accordingly, we are deprecating this feature.
Efofex supports the use of a centralised licensing server which stores the licensing files and provides them to network computers on demand.
To use centralised licensing, networked computers need to be told where to find their licensing information. This information is stored in a simple, editable INI file.
FXLicenceLocation.INI
A proforma copy of this file is automatically installed into C:\Program Files (x86)\Efofex during installation. The proforma INI file contains detailed instructions on how to manually enter the desired network location of the licence files.
Note: FXLicenceLocation.INI can be created automatically during installation using the /Licences command line parameter and this is the recommended method. See the section on using the command line interface for more details.
The final step is to create the required license files and place them in the network location
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 464
pointed to by FXLicenceLocation.INI
The easiest way to create the required license files is to install the product on a computer and enter the license information during installation.
What if the License Server is Not Available?
Whenever Efofex products access license files, they take a copy of the license file and store it in the user’s profile. If the license server is not available, the products will use the cached copy of the license file to unlock itself. This is particularly useful for computers which go offsite, such as teacher notebooks.
Please note that the caching system will not operate if you wipe user profiles as part of your security policies.
6.6.3.4
Restricting User Options
In the school environment, network administrators often want to prevent users from checking for updates or changing registration information. This can be achieved by adding the line
AllowRegistration=0 to the licensing INI file. This will prevent the user from making changes to the registration or being informed of updates.
6.6.3.5
Integrating Into Word
Note that with the release of Efofex Cloud, integration with Word is far less crucial. You only need to complete this step if your users are using Efofex products as OLE objects.
Some users will want to integrate our products into Word. From December 2015, we are no longer able to perform this integration for All Users of a computer due to security changes implemented by Microsoft. For this reason, we have removed the integration from the installer and integration is now performed by the user as needed.
Users can choose integrate from the Help menu at any time.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 465
Both of these options place a copy of the Efofex dotm files (stored in the Efofex program subdirectory) into the Word startup location in the User’s Roaming profile
(usually C:\Users\%USERNAME%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Word\Startup)
This process does not require administrator permissions. The template files will be loaded the next time Word starts.
From a support point of view, the only involvement you are likely to have is to remind users to use the Integration option from the Help menu if they choose No on the initial screen.
6.6.4
Mac Installations
Installing an Efofex produce on multiple Mac computers does not need to create a large workload for system administrators. The applications are selfcontained can be copied across computers without impediment. There are no specific installation requirements.
Copying registration information across computers takes a little more work.
Installing a License on Multiple Mac Computers
The easiest way to license multiple computers is to provide your users with the registered name and passcode. Users can enter the information themselves (the information only needs to be entered once) and then all future licensing will be carried out automatically.
Alternatively, you can automatically register multiple computers using the following procedure.
1.
2.
Register the software on one computer.
This will create a registration file in:
%currentuser%/Library/Application Support/Efofex/fxregistration.ini
3.
It is best to strip the Username from this file so that new users are not registered to the same username. Remove the line
User=**** (the asterisks represent whatever username the user may have created)
4.
Consider changing the AllowRegistration line to AllowRegistration=false. This will prevent normal users from changing the settings.
5.
Copy your modified file to
Users/Shared/Efofex Registration Data/fxregistration.ini
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Installation 466
on any computer you wish to automatically register. The software will automatically register itself when first loaded.
6.7
Registration Code is Accepted but is Then Immediately
"Forgotten"
If our product is accepting your registration code and works normally  but the next time you start the program it reports that it has expired and you need to reenter the registration code. The registration code does not seem to "stick".
This issue is usually caused by some process that is wiping the FXRegistration.ini file in the
User's Roaming profile. Some school networks reset a user's profile regularly.
The easiest way to fix this issue is to either include FXRegistration.ini in the standard operating environment OR enter the license information during installation when the information is written, under administrator privileges, to the installation directory.
6.8
MSI Packages
Efofex does not produce MSI packages for our products. We have not been able to produce MSI packages that can be installed by a majority of our customers and would need to produce customised MSI Transform for most networks. We recommend that you use one of the commercially available MSI repackagers if you require MSI functionality.
7 Support
7.1
Support Questions
Many support questions are addressed in the next topics. All other support questions should be sent to [email protected]
7.2
Connectivity Issues
The main type of connectivity issue that will impact users is schoollevel blocking of
Internet traffic for applications. This usually involves all traffic being blocked apart from specific "whitelisted" applications such as browsers. This means that our products will be reporting a connectivity issue even when your computer obviously has access to the Internet.
Detecting A Connectivity Issue
Benefits of Allowing A Connection
Registering Without A Connection
Registering Multiple Windows Computers Without A
Connection
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 467
Using Efofex Cloud Without A Connection
7.2.1
Detecting A Connectivity Issue
There are two ways you can detect a connectivity issue.
If you start one of our products and let it sit, it will regularly try to sync its local graphics with the cloud. If it cannot connect with our server, it will display this message in the status bar...
The loss of connection may be temporary (if there are external problems with your link) but, if the message is appearing regularly, it is more likely to be an indication that Efofex products are being blocked by your school's firewall.
If you go to the Help menu and choose Manage Account, then choose Enter Code, you will see a screen something like this.
The enter code screen will inform you that there is no connection and will provide some assistance that allows you to make progress with the registration.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 468
7.2.2
Benefits of Allowing A Connection
Efofex products use your Internet connection for two purposes.
All of your graphics are synced to the cloud. This allows you to share them easily as well as to edit your graphics on any computer that you have licensed. It allows Efofex graphics to be used anywhere.
We have centralised our registration system so that you have one passcode that never changes and computers regularly poll our registration server to see the current state of your registration. This permits you to renew a license without ever touching user computers. All of the new registration details are automatically propagated.
If connections are not allowed, we cannot provide these benefits. It is possible to use our products without a connection but the use is more limited.
7.2.3
Unblocking A Connection
Unblocking a connection will usually require the intervention of technical support. They will need to add Efofex products to the whitelist of products that are permitted to access the internet. They will likely need access to the information in the next topic,
.
7.2.4
Technical Details
Port and Protocol
Efofex products communicate with our servers by use of simple http post requests through port 80. This is exactly the same process that browsers use to load web pages so it is extremely unlikely to be blocked on a system wide level. No special ports or protocols are required. All interaction is through two php files.
http://efofex.com/registrationServer.php
http://efofex.com/graphicsDatabase.php
You can visit these pages through your webbrowser to test if the servers are active. You can use this to determine if the connectivity issue is a site based issue or an application whitelist issue.
Domain WhiteListing
Domain whitelisting is unlikely to be the cause of connectivity issues. All interaction occurs through our main domain, efofex.com. If your web browser can visit efofex.com
but one of our products cannot, it is likely that our product has not been placed on an application whitelist.
Data Requirements
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 469
When downloading registration information from our registration server, data packets are about 0.3kB in size.
When syncing graphics, the average graphic size is about 1kB. Most graphics are only synced once.
Data requirements for the use of Efofex cloud are trivial and should have minimal impact on your Internet link even if large numbers of users are using the software.
Proxies
Efofex products will use any system wide proxies that are in place. They do not have the capability of using a dedicated proxy and a dedicated proxy should not be needed for normal use.
7.2.5
Registering Without A Connection
If you are unable to organise an Internet connection, you can manually register your computer. This is far less convenient but will allow you to continue to use the software.
Registering without a connection is a twostep process.
First, request a manual registration email from Efofex. You can do this at Request Manual
Registration or you can send an email to [email protected]
We will send you an email that will contain a registration block (as well as other information) that will look something like this...
[registration]0sQ1`P17e1UL8YG#qG6}I;zn(f!IWdgp6x}=o(G0L)
^vvM'U{(i2;V8vPmx]HO:5;[email protected]>N>`ZT];fh,vNRZ60lilYU5P[nXH4!]p0^_ jL?
Y^4sSTHK,2su}HS`&En#Vf.Ye0toP=l8YlxZ#]Ys5Vmc`H_KuHc&7IJk{?
5W{bP'[email protected]{NAdMWg}a8b6{M<*zKFx<:mY2iyn^Y*Qm{XZ:a^$?8U9%1<;hf!G,w?
i;HFVNK=ELg]hAW;H<WYeQzP=6at6(oe[lk5vcSaKY1m{M2ebXbFXiFK)_Kc31<m)
Q3[Bb95G?2uoK19hiVHI~5:uZ^m_h_IGy9sxiSVBfa`Q~?K*7CjaKKJa&xv!*Pv4&
9zP9HNci k5$g~`kyWl=_=iT6w)bEbOZ$8V4?/TJL#N(f<b8`^8s}8Ern~XPwG<5)
(`kbnG6X`=UW$R[7p S=vmw:&z1Y,JuB[Bs9eq#3!X%9Mc/%&[email protected]{ema$#5u]PXKuEI})
4Yz_UG)mHuFuMY/*C;kuf=:`[V?kKkLN&vqc5Sl,&f:#I14 7^?$yHP] t~s!M`aiiPPSGo:tQgB>X<N&m =,s=?r_L$5&E:X{YY!wDUmjm9H=~nTJt6&qEL^By4Q]
11[~O.rt~?#^GQ5G1kl4<n)[email protected]!uT~C .e3t5Bjky.R{DWn#EWb5Hho{z?w<:}
UkHB,0b7iFEr7TK#FYT*FlbV!xFr^Wiln2Xo(L}hDf4ca/FwGtwQ3d^JAc3~{FT/w~h?
2CiMi~sotqUu[H?KcoEba gFBNrRm&c`),yLA BnQzy/:#[email protected]>l
X_v)pkuKb?Q/{y71B^Dmm6XL^]/>.5GjzLxoo32rL^BEMYW_Z%o(4Ve70k3qk%[I[/ registration]
Second, open any of our products and choose Manage Account from the Help menu.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Now press Enter A Code
Support 470
You will almost certainly be told that the product cannot contact the server (1) but you can push the Paste Manual Registration button (2)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 471
Copy and paste the registration block (or the whole email that we send) into the box and press OK. The registration block will register your computer.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 472
7.2.6
Registering Multiple Windows Computers Without A Connection
If you are unable to organise an Internet connection, you can manually register your computers. This is far less convenient but will allow you to continue to use the software.
Registering without a connection is a twostep process.
First, request a manual registration email from Efofex. You can do this at Request Manual
Registration or you can send an email to [email protected]
We will send you an email that will contain a registration block (as well as other information) that will look something like this...
[registration]0sQ1`P17e1UL8YG#qG6}I;zn(f!IWdgp6x}=o(G0L)
^vvM'U{(i2;V8vPmx]HO:5;[email protected]>N>`ZT];fh,vNRZ60lilYU5P[nXH4!]p0^_ jL?
Y^4sSTHK,2su}HS`&En#Vf.Ye0toP=l8YlxZ#]Ys5Vmc`H_KuHc&7IJk{?
5W{bP'[email protected]{NAdMWg}a8b6{M<*zKFx<:mY2iyn^Y*Qm{XZ:a^$?8U9%1<;hf!G,w?
i;HFVNK=ELg]hAW;H<WYeQzP=6at6(oe[lk5vcSaKY1m{M2ebXbFXiFK)_Kc31<m)
Q3[Bb95G?2uoK19hiVHI~5:uZ^m_h_IGy9sxiSVBfa`Q~?K*7CjaKKJa&xv!*Pv4&
9zP9HNci k5$g~`kyWl=_=iT6w)bEbOZ$8V4?/TJL#N(f<b8`^8s}8Ern~XPwG<5)
(`kbnG6X`=UW$R[7p S=vmw:&z1Y,JuB[Bs9eq#3!X%9Mc/%&[email protected]{ema$#5u]PXKuEI})
4Yz_UG)mHuFuMY/*C;kuf=:`[V?kKkLN&vqc5Sl,&f:#I14 7^?$yHP] t~s!M`aiiPPSGo:tQgB>X<N&m =,s=?r_L$5&E:X{YY!wDUmjm9H=~nTJt6&qEL^By4Q]
11[~O.rt~?#^GQ5G1kl4<n)[email protected]!uT~C .e3t5Bjky.R{DWn#EWb5Hho{z?w<:}
UkHB,0b7iFEr7TK#FYT*FlbV!xFr^Wiln2Xo(L}hDf4ca/FwGtwQ3d^JAc3~{FT/w~h?
2CiMi~sotqUu[H?KcoEba gFBNrRm&c`),yLA BnQzy/:#[email protected]>l
X_v)pkuKb?Q/{y71B^Dmm6XL^]/>.5GjzLxoo32rL^BEMYW_Z%o(4Ve70k3qk%[I[/ registration]
The easiest way to propagate this manual registration information out to computers is to include it as part of a silent, command line driven install. This process is discussed in
7.2.7
Using Efofex Cloud Without A Connection
Our products can be used without a connection to the Internet but you will lose access to some of the new features. In particular:
1.
Your graphics will not be automatically synchronised between your devices. You will need to manually synchronise your graphics.
2.
Your graphics will not be automatically backed up to our servers. You can work around this by regularly backing up an exported database of grahics.
2.
You will not be able to edit graphics created by another user.
Manually synchronising graphics is simple.
1.
2.
Export your graphics file on one machine.
Merge that graphics file on the second machine.
Exporting Your Graphics Database
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support
Choose Export Graphics Database from the File menu of any product.
473
This will export ALL graphics from your machine, regardless of the product they were created in.
You will be asked which folder to save the exported file into. The file will be given a name based on the date of export  eg efofexDatabase170304.db This file can be used to backup your graphics if you wish.
Merging A Graphics Database
Choose Merge a Graphics Database from the File menu of any product.
Find the database file you wish to merge and press OK. Your graphics FROM ALL
PRODUCTS will be merged into one database.
7.3
Some Digital Certificates Have Expired
Description
Users sometimes notice that one or more of the files they are installing on their systems have been signed with an expired digital certificate and contact us asking for new copies.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 474
No Action Required
This is not a fault. The expired certificate will have no impact on your use of the products.
If there is a fault then something else is causing it.
Discussion
All of our files are signed with our current certificate at the time they are produced. The files are timestamped as part of the signing process and there is absolutely nothing wrong with having a file that has been signed with a now expired certificate, providing that the certificate was current at the moment the file was signed. This is as it should be, otherwise you would need to download new copies of everything, just because a developer's certificate expired  which they all do eventually.
Most of our files are updated fairly regularly, so the vast majority of them will have been signed with our current, uptodate certificate. Some of the files will not have been updated for a while so were last signed with the old certificate. This will have no impact on your use of the software.
Windows will have no trouble with the expired certificate from a practical point of view
7.4
Toolbars Buttons Not Appearing
7.4.1
Toolbar Buttons Not Appearing (All Mac Users)
Description
You have installed one of our products on a Mac computer but no toolbars have been added to Word
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 475
Answer
Our products operate quite differently on a Mac computer and we do NOT add toolbars to
Word. This is by design. Mac users should read the discussion on
how our products should be used on a Mac computer.
Details
Our products were originally developed to integrate with Microsoft Word on Windows computers. The utilise a technology called OLE and the easiest way to access them using
OLE was to add toolbar buttons to your copy of Word. OLE is the technology that allows you to doubleclick on an inserted graphic in order to edit it. This system has been used by some customers for over 25 years so feels very familiar.
There are two problems with OLE:
1.
It is simply not available on Mac computers and never will be. This is a decision that Microsoft has made and is totally outside of our control.
2.
OLE is inherently flawed and causes us lots of problems. We are constantly working around issues it creates.
Our new Efofex Cloud products allow you to seamlessly work around these two issues and
we recommend that you read the discussion on Using Efofex Cloud to understand more
about the new system.
7.4.2
Toolbar Buttons Not Appearing (Office 2007 and later)
Cause
Loading the required toolbar definition file has been turned off in Word. This is quite common and Word can sometimes decide to turn the toolbar off ALL BY ITSELF  often for no apparent reason.
Action
Open Word and go to the File menu  then choose Options
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 476
Push the AddIns tab then select Templates from the Manage list and press Go
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 477
Place check (tick) marks next to all Efofex templates.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 478
7.5
Products Not Working
7.5.1
Our Products Reporting That Windows Files Are Missing
Question:
FX Draw is not running after installation. It is saying that apimswincrtruntime110.d11
(or similar) is missing. What's happening?
Answer:
We have recently started compiling our products for Windows 10, but this creates dependencies on new files. These files SHOULD have been automatically updated on your older version of Windows but some computers have not been updated correctly (or in the case of some school computers, at all) and the files are missing. They are not our files, they are Microsoft's.
We are currently deciding whether we should add the required files to our installer but we would like to avoid this as they add significantly to the size and are not necessary for most users.
For the moment, if you have installed one of our products and see a failure like this,
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 479
download and run the required packages from Microsoft using this link.
https://www.microsoft.com/enau/download/details.aspx?id=53587
7.6
Cannot Find Efofex ID in Graphic
Whenever you return to one of our products, they look at any graphic on the clipboard and try and find an embedded Efofex ID. They use this ID to find the graphic's data, either locally or online. So what does it mean if you KNOW that the graphic on the clipboard was generated with one of our products, but the product reports that it cannot find an ID?
If you see this message on a known graphic, it means that the embedded ID has been stripped or modified in some way.
The embedded ID is coded into subtly coloured semicircles on the edge of your graphic.
Here is a graphic with the changes GREATLY amplified. Normally the embedded code is so subtle it is effectively invisible.
Graphics have the ID embedded on each of its four sides (for redundancy).
If the embedded ID has been stripped, it is almost always for one of two reasons.
1.
2.
The edge of the graphic has been modified or cropped.
The graphic has been compressed by your target program.
Specific situations are discussed in later topics.
7.6.1
Word 2011 (Mac)
Recent versions of Word 2011 for Mac seem to have had changes implemented which cause Word to compress ALL embedded graphics, even when told not to. This compression strips the embedded ID and prevents our products from accessing the graphic.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 480
There is currently nothing we can do to prevent Word from compressing the graphics. The problem lies with Word 2011.
We are keeping a close eye on this issue and have reported the compression issue to
Microsoft.
In the short term, old graphics can be accessed with the
button.
7.6.2
Word Picture Styles
If you add picture styles to a graphic in Word, Word includes these modified edges when you copy the graphic to the clip. This prevents the ID system from finding the embedded
ID.
Standard Graphic
Graphic With Shadow Effec t
If you are using picture styles in Word, you will need to remove the style before copying to clipboard if you want to edit the graphic.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 481
7.6.3
Simple Graphics In Word (Windows)
If you are using Word for Windows and generate VERY simple graphics that are comprised of large rectangular blocks of colour, Word will compress the images regardless of any other settings.
Compression Triggered Compression NO T Triggered
By adding ANY complexity to the diagram, you avoid the compression from being triggered.
This issue does not cause any issues in regular usage as few people will use FX Draw to draw a simple rectangle. It does sometimes occur when users are testing our products.
7.7
Do You Have PDF Manuals?
With the release of the Efofex Cloud products, we no longer produce PDF versions of our manuals. All the information is now provided online through this website.
We stopped producing PDF manuals for three reasons:
The added significantly to the size of the downloads for the products and many of our users have constrained Internet links.
Users tended to archive the manuals which led to them using outofdate information.
We make constant changes to our products as we respond to users' needs and the
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Support 482
everchanging landscape of operating system upgrades.
PDF manuals are harder to search than this website. The full PDF manuals are over 500 pages in length and are so unwieldy that users were simply not looking at them.
8 Legal Information
8.1
General Conditions
IMPORTANT – Read before installing, copying or using
Do not use or load this software and any associated materials (collectively, the
"Software") until you have carefully read the following terms and conditions. By loading or using the Software, you agree to the terms of this Agreement. If you do not wish to so agree, do not install or use the Software.
General Conditions
1. You may not copy, modify, rent, sell, distribute or transfer any part of the Software except as provided in this Agreement, and you agree to prevent unauthorized copying of the Software.
2. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the Software.
3. The Software may contain the software or other property of third party suppliers, some of which may be identified in, and licensed in accordance with, any enclosed
"license.txt" file or other text or file.
8.2
Personal Use Subscription
A personal use subscription permits the person nominated in the subscription to use the
Software where ever they need it. The software can exist on multiple computers but only the nominated person can use the software.
Personal use subscriptions MUST be in an actual person's name. Schools are permitted to purchase a personal use subscription for their teachers but the license will be issued in the teacher's name.
8.3
Full Site Licence / Subscription
A full site subscription allows the institution to place copies of the software on as many computers as required within ONE SITE of the institution. The software may be in use on all of these computers concurrently. The software may not be distributed to students or customers for use outside ONE SITE of the institution or on a personal computer within the institution.
Special Note
Efofex considers use, at home, by a teacher employed at an institution holding a Full Site
Subscription to be fair use PROVIDING such use is solely restricted to producing materials for use within the institution. This means that a school can use its full site subscription to provide copies for their teachers regardless of where they do their work.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Legal Information 483
8.4
Distribution Licence / Subscription
A distribution subscription allows the institution to place copies of the software on as many computers as required within ONE SITE of the institution and allows the institution to distribute the software to persons directly associated with ONE SITE of the school (eg.
students, teachers, administration staff, gardeners ...) at no extra charge to the institution.
Efofex Software gives a school holding a distribution subscription the right to charge a fee of not more than $3 (Australian) per copy, per annum, to cover the costs of distribution
Distribution of the registration code must NOT be carried out in a publicly accessible manner. In particular distribution must NOT occur through a web page that is accessible by people not linked to the institution.
8.5
Personal Use Perpetual License (Deprecated)
A personal use perpetual licence permits the nominated person to use the Software where ever they need it. The software can exist on multiple computers but only the nominated person can use the software.
Personal use licences MUST be in an actual person's name.
8.6
Details
Ownership of Software and Copyrights
Title to all copies of the Software remains with Efofex Software or its suppliers. The
Software is copyrighted and protected by the laws of Australia, the United States and other countries, and international treaty provisions. You may not remove any copyright notices from the Software. Efofex Software may make changes to the Software, or to items referenced therein, at any time without notice, but is not obligated to support or update the Software. Except as otherwise expressly provided, Efofex Software grants no express or implied right under Efofex Software patents, copyrights, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights. You may transfer the Software only if the recipient agrees to be fully bound by these terms and if you retain no copies of the Software. Distribution
Licences are not transferable without agreement, in writing, from Efofex Software.
Upgrades
Upgrades to the software do not constitute a new product and do not purchase a new licence. Old versions of the software cannot be transferred to a new owner.
Limited Media Warranty
I f the Software has been delivered by Efofex Software on physical media, Efofex Software warrants the media to be free from material physical defects for a period of ninety (90)
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Legal Information 484
days after delivery by Efofex Software. If such a defect is found, return the media to
Efofex Software for replacement or alternate delivery of the Software as Efofex Software may select.
Exclusion of Other Warranties
EXCEPT AS PROVIDED ABOVE, THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Efofex Software does not warrant or assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any information, text, graphics, links or other items contained within the
Software.
Limitation of Liability
IN NO EVENT SHALL EFOFEX SOFTWARE OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, OR LOST INFORMATION) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF EFOFEX SOFTWARE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME JURISDICTIONS PROHIBIT EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF
LIABILITY FOR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, SO
THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER LEGAL
RIGHTS THAT VARY FROM JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION.
Termination of Agreement
Efofex Software may terminate this Agreement at any time if you violate its terms. Upon termination, you will immediately destroy the Software or return all copies of the
Software to Efofex Software.
Applicable Laws
Claims arising under this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of Western Australia, excluding its principles of conflict of laws and the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the Sale of Goods. You may not export the Software in violation of applicable export laws and regulations. Efofex Software is not obligated under any other agreements unless they are in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Efofex Software.
8.7
Website Terms of Service Agreement
Welcome to the Efofex Software website. We maintain this web site as a service to our visitors and customers. By using our site, you are agreeing to comply with and be bound by the following terms of use. Please review the following terms carefully. If you do not agree to these terms, you should not review information or obtain goods or products from this site.
1. Acceptance of Agreement.
You agree to the terms and conditions outlined in this Terms of Service Agreement
("Agreement") with respect to our site (the "Site"). This Agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement between us and you, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Legal Information 485
agreements, representations, warranties and understandings with respect to the Site, the content, products or services provided by or through the Site, and the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended at any time by us from time to time without specific notice to you. The latest Agreement will be posted on the Site, and you should review this Agreement prior to using the Site.
2. Intellectual Property; Limited License to Users
The Materials and Services on this Site, as well as their selection and arrangement, are protected by copyright, trademark, patent, and/or other intellectual property laws, and any unauthorized use of the Materials or Services at this Site may violate such laws and the Terms of Use. Except as expressly provided herein, Efofex Software and its suppliers do not grant any express or implied rights to use the Materials and Services. You agree not to copy, republish, frame, download, transmit, modify, rent, lease, loan, sell, assign, distribute, license, sublicense, reverse engineer, or create derivative works based on the
Site, its Materials, or its Services or their selection and arrangement, except as expressly authorized herein. In addition, you agree not to use any data mining, robots, or similar data gathering and extraction methods in connection with the Site.
3. Copyright.
The content, organization, graphics, design, audio, animation, video, compilation, magnetic translation, digital conversion and other matters related to the Site are protected under applicable copyrights, trademarks and other proprietary (including but not limited to intellectual property) rights. The copying, redistribution, use or publication by you of any such matters or any part of the Site, except as allowed by Section 4, is strictly prohibited.
You do not acquire ownership rights to any content, document or other materials viewed through the Site. The posting of information or materials on the Site does not constitute a waiver of any right in such information and materials.
4. Trademarks.
The trademarks, logos, and service marks ("Marks") displayed on this Site are the property of Efofex Software or other third parties. You are not permitted to use the Marks without the prior written consent of Efofex Software or such third party that may own the Marks.
All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5. Use of Software
The software and accompanying documentation that is made available to download from this Site is the copyrighted and/or patented work of Efofex Software and/or its suppliers.
Use of the software is governed by the terms of the license agreement that accompanies or is included with such software. Such terms are available for review and are incorporated herein by this reference. You will not be able to download or install any software that is accompanied by or includes a license agreement unless you agree to the terms of such license agreement. If you do not agree to such terms, you will not be able to use the software. Absent a license agreement that accompanies the software, use of
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Legal Information 486
the software will be governed by the Terms of Use. You agree that you will not decompile, reverse engineer, or otherwise attempt to discover the source code of the software available on the Site.
6. Limited Right to Use
The viewing, printing or downloading of any content, graphic, form or document from the
Site grants you only a limited, nonexclusive license for use solely by you for your own personal use and not for republication, distribution, assignment, sublicense, sale, preparation of derivative works or other use. No part of any content, form or document may be reproduced in any form or incorporated into any information retrieval system, electronic or mechanical, other than for your personal use (but not for resale or redistribution). Efofex Software reserves the right to revoke the authorization to view, download, and print the Efofex Software Content and User Content available on this Site at any time, and any such use shall be discontinued immediately upon notice from Efofex
Software. The rights granted to you constitute a license and not a transfer of title.
7. Editing, Deleting and Modification.
We reserve the right in our sole discretion to edit or delete any documents, information or other content appearing on the Site.
8. Indemnification.
You agree to indemnify, defend and hold us and our partners, attorneys, staff and affiliates
(collectively, "Affiliated Parties") harmless from any liability, loss, claim and expense, including reasonable attorney's fees, related to your violation of this Agreement or use of the Site.
9. Nontransferable.
Your right to use the Site is not transferable. Any password or right given to you to obtain information or documents is not transferable.
10. Disclaimer and Limits.
THE INFORMATION FROM OR THROUGH THE SITE ARE PROVIDED "ASIS," "AS
AVAILABLE," AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE DISCLAIMED (INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE DISCLAIMER OF ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE). THE INFORMATION AND
SERVICES MAY CONTAIN BUGS, ERRORS, PROBLEMS OR OTHER LIMITATIONS. WE AND
OUR AFFILIATED PARTIES HAVE NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR YOUR USE OF ANY
INFORMATION OR SERVICE. IN PARTICULAR, BUT NOT AS A LIMITATION THEREOF, WE
AND OUR AFFILIATED PARTIES ARE NOT LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, LITIGATION, OR THE LIKE), WHETHER BASED ON BREACH OF CONTRACT,
BREACH OF WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), PRODUCT LIABILITY OR
OTHERWISE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE NEGATION
OF DAMAGES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE FUNDAMENTAL ELEMENTS OF THE BASIS OF THE
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Legal Information 487
BARGAIN BETWEEN US AND YOU. THIS SITE AND THE INFORMATION WOULD NOT BE
PROVIDED WITHOUT SUCH LIMITATIONS. NO ADVICE OR INFORMATION, WHETHER ORAL
OR WRITTEN, OBTAINED BY YOU FROM US THROUGH THE SITE SHALL CREATE ANY
WARRANTY, REPRESENTATION OR GUARANTEE NOT EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS
AGREEMENT.
ALL RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY VIRUSES CONTAINED
WITHIN THE ELECTRONIC FILE CONTAINING THE FORM OR DOCUMENT IS DISCLAIMED.
WE WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OF ANY KIND THAT MAY RESULT FROM USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE OUR
SITE. OUR MAXIMUM LIABILITY TO YOU UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES WILL BE EQUAL TO
THE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY FOR ANY GOODS, SERVICES OR INFORMATION.
11. Use of Information.
We reserve the right, and you authorize us, to the use and assignment of all information regarding Site uses by you and all information provided by you in any manner consistent with our Privacy Policy.
12. ThirdParty Services.
We may allow access to or advertise thirdparty merchant sites ("Merchants") from which you may purchase certain goods or services. You understand that we do not operate or control the products or services offered by Merchants. Merchants are responsible for all aspects of order processing, fulfillment, billing and customer service. We are not a party to the transactions entered into between you and Merchants. You agree that use of such
Merchants is AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND IS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND BY US,
EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF TITLE, FITNESS FOR
PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY OR NONINFRINGEMENT. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
ARE WE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN YOU
AND MERCHANTS OR FOR ANY INFORMATION APPEARING ON MERCHANT SITES OR ANY
OTHER SITE LINKED TO OUR SITE.
13. ThirdParty Merchant Policies.
All rules, policies (including privacy policies) and operating procedures of Merchants will apply to you while on such sites. We are not responsible for information provided by you to Merchants. We and the Merchants are independent contractors and neither party has authority to make any representations or commitments on behalf of the other.
14. Privacy Policy.
Our Privacy Policy, as it may change from time to time, is a part of this Agreement.
15. Payments.
You represent and warrant that if you are purchasing something from us or from
Merchants that (i) any credit information you supply is true and complete, (ii) charges incurred by you will be honored by your credit card company, and (iii) you will pay the charges incurred by you at the posted prices, including any applicable taxes.
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Legal Information 488
16. Links to other Web Sites.
The Site may contain links to other Web sites. We are not responsible for the content, accuracy or opinions express in such Web sites, and such Web sites are not investigated, monitored or checked for accuracy or completeness by us. Inclusion of any linked Web site on our Site does not imply approval or endorsement of the linked Web site by us. If you decide to leave our Site and access these thirdparty sites, you do so at your own risk.
17. Information and Press Releases.
The Site contains information and press releases about us. While this information was believed to be accurate as of the date prepared, we disclaim any duty or obligation to update this information or any press releases. Information about companies other than ours contained in the press release or otherwise, should not be relied upon as being provided or endorsed by us.
18. Miscellaneous.
This Agreement shall be treated as though it were executed and performed in Perth,
Western Australia, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Western Australia (without regard to conflict of law principles). Any cause of action by you with respect to the Site (and/or any information, products or services related thereto) must be instituted within one (1) year after the cause of action arose or be forever waived and barred. All actions shall be subject to the limitations set forth in
Section 7 and Section 9. The language in this Agreement shall be interpreted as to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either party. All legal proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought solely in Perth, Western Australia. You expressly submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts and consents to extraterritorial service of process. Should any part of this Agreement be held invalid or unenforceable, that portion shall be construed consistent with applicable law and the remaining portions shall remain in full force and effect. To the extent that anything in or associated with the Site is in conflict or inconsistent with this Agreement, this Agreement shall take precedence. Our failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision nor of the right to enforce such provision.
Contacting the Web Site
If you have any questions about this privacy statement, the practices of this site, or your dealings with this Web site, you can contact webmaster
Efofex Software
PO Box 189
Claremont WA 6910
Australia [email protected]
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Legal Information 489
8.8
Refund Policy
Since our company is offering nontangible irrevocable goods we do not normally issue refunds after the product is shipped, which you are responsible for understanding upon purchasing. Please make sure that you have carefully read all relevant documentation and tried out the fully functional evaluation version. We only make exceptions with this rule when the product appears to be notasdescribed on a case by case basis in agreement of the parties concerned. The deadline for any refund claim is one week after the delivery date.
If you find a bug in our software, you can report it to [email protected] and we will fix it in the next version. We understand that it is impossible for us to test our software on every platform and every configuration it may encounter on other computer. Therefore if you are unable to get our software up and running on your computer then please contact us and we will do everything within our knowledge and experience to get our software to work on your computer.
8.9
Privacy Statement
Efofex Software has created this privacy statement in order to demonstrate our firm commitment to privacy. The following discloses our information gathering and dissemination practices for this website: www.efofex.com
.
We use your IP address to help diagnose problems with our server, and to administer our
Web site. We do not log IP addresses for any other purpose
Our site's registration form requires users to give us their email address. We use customer contact information from the registration form to send the user information about our company. We do not disseminate your email address to any other parties.
Users may optout of receiving future mailings; see the choice/optout section below.
This site contains links to other sites. Efofex is not responsible for the privacy practices or the content of such Web sites.
Our site uses an order form for customers to request information, products, and services.
We collect visitor's contact information (like their email address) and financial information
(like their account or credit card numbers). Contact information from the order form is used to send orders to our customers. The customer's contact information is used to get in touch with the visitor when necessary. Users may optout of receiving future mailings; see the choice/optout section below. Financial information that is collected is used to bill the user for products and services. No financial information is retained by Efofex after processing of payments.
Security
This site has security measures in place to protect the loss, misuse and alteration of the information under our control.
Choice/OptOut
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help Legal Information 490
Our site provides users the opportunity to optout of receiving communications from us at the point where we request information about the visitor.
This site gives users the following options for removing their information from our database to not receive future communications or to no longer receive our service.
You can send email to [email protected]
You can send mail to the following postal address:
PO Box 189, Claremont WA 6910, Australia
Correct/Update
This site gives users the following options for changing and modifying information previously provided.
You can send email to [email protected]
You can send mail to the following postal address:
PO Box 189, Claremont WA 6910, Australia
Contacting the Web Site
If you have any questions about this privacy statement, the practices of this site, or your dealings with this Web site, you can contact webmaster
Efofex Software
PO Box 189
Claremont WA 6910
Australia [email protected]
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help 491
Index
 B 
 + 
+ 375
 1 
1st Derivative 419
 2 
2000 451
2nd Derivative 419
 9 
b 406
Balance 215
Bar Graph 296
Basic 170
Benzene 173
Bernoulli 351
Bernoulli Trial 336
Binomial Distribution 336, 352 bisect 19
Bivariate Data 339
Blank 151
Bonds 183, 185
Box Plots 297
Braces 212
Brackets 209, 253, 366
Branched 172
Broken Scale 286
Brush 326
 C 
95 451
98 451
 A 
a 406 abs 396
Absolute Frequency 301, 304, 305, 307, 308, 309 absolute value 360 acos 396
Acrobat 456 add and subtract figures 40
Administrator 453
Adobe 456
Angle 106
Animation 410 anticlockwise 42
Arcs 100
Arrow 177 arrow line 44, 52
Arrows 212, 283 asin 396
Asymptotes 397 atan 396
Atomic Number 212
Autoscale 362
Axes 98, 157, 283, 295, 362
Axis 98 c 406
Capitalise 170, 211
Carbohydrates 187
Cartesian 121, 134, 374
CD 452 centre 69, 86
Change 191, 216
Changing Column Types 261
Charge 184
Charges 178
Chi Squared Distribution 339 circle 69 circumference 19 cis 176
Clicking 174, 176
Clipboard 279 clockwise 42
Cobalt 188, 213
Codes 212
Column 258, 260
Column Graph 297
Column Titles 267
Columns 257
Combine Graph Types 331
Comments 173
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Complements 240
Complex 172
Complex Numbers 218
Conditions 482
Constant Controller 406
Constants 406
Continuous  Chi Squared 339
Continuous  Exponential 338
Continuous  Log Normal 339
Continuous  Normal 338
Continuous  Uniform 338 control points 40
Copy 49
Copy Statistics 279
Copyright 483 cos 360, 396 cosec 360, 396 cosh 360, 396 cot 360, 396
Create 365
Create Graph 281
Ctrl 23, 40, 44, 49, 51
Cumulative Frequency 299, 308, 345 cumulative frequency table 345
Cumulative Histogram 308
Curly Brackets 212 curvature 100
Cut 49
 D 
d 406
Data Box 326
Data Boxes 280
Data Columns 258, 262
Data Generator 267, 335, 339, 340, 341
Data View 256, 257
Decile 345
Decimals 219
Default 160, 189, 214, 362
Definite Integral 420
Degrees 165, 210, 219, 362
Derivative 419
Deseasonalise 357
Deviation 345
Diameter 69
Dice 341 direction 163
Discontinuity 156
492
Discrete  Bernoulli 336
Discrete  Binomial 336
Discrete  EquiLikely 335
Discrete  Geometric 337
Discrete  HyperGeometric 336
Discrete  Negative Binomial 337
Discrete  Poisson 337
Discrete  Uniform 335
Distribution 483
Domain 156, 161, 404, 405
Dot Plot 300
Dot to Dot 383 dots 134
Double click 213
Download 452
Drawing Order 38, 48, 49
 E 
e 360, 396
Edit 213
Electron Pairs 185
Electrons 186
Ellipse 98 elliptical arcs 100 end points 19
Equation 160, 164, 165
Equation Level 195
Equations 222
Equilibrium 177
Equilibrium Arrow 212
EquiLikely Distribution 335
Error 191, 216
Evaluation 454, 456
Exclusion 483
Exponential Distribution 338
 F 
Families of Curves 408
Family 408
Feasible Region 362
Feasible Regions 155
Fibonacci 345
Fill Down 267
Fill Type 33 foci 98
Font 189, 214
Formula Columns 258, 266
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Formulas 257, 266
Fractions 234
Frequency 345, 346
Frequency Columns 258, 264
Frequency Density 305, 307, 308, 309
Frequency Polygon 301, 304
Frequency Table 345, 346
Frequency Tables 264
Full Site 482
Functions 121, 245, 275, 362, 365
FX Graph 121
FX Stat 122
 G 
GAD 19, 22, 23, 34, 44, 49, 106
Galleries 142
Gallery 47, 49, 163, 164
Geometric 353
Geometric Distribution 337
Geometrically Aware Drawing 17, 19 geometry 19
Grads 362
Graph 281
Graph Type 280, 282
Graph Types 326, 331
Graph View 256
Greek 164, 235
Grid 44, 164, 292, 362
Grid  Polar 292 grids 134 group 39, 40, 47, 49, 162
Group Columns 258, 264
Group data 346, 347
Grouped Data 264, 272
Groups 163
Groups of Points 383
 H 
Headings 295
Hexagonal 134
Hide Graph 326
Highlight Data 269, 326
Histogram 305, 307, 308, 309 hyperbolic 360
Hypergeometric 353
HyperGeometric Distribution 336
493
 I 
Implicit 379
Implicitly Defined 379
Important 482
Increment 347
Insert Object 11, 194
Install 452
Integral 420
Integrals 230, 236
Intercepts 397
Intersection 106, 397
Inverse 121, 161, 378
Ionic 179
Ions 179
Isomer 176
Isometric 134
Italic 189, 214
 K 
Keyboard shortcut 49
 L 
Label Columns 258, 263
Labels 263, 310
Layout 38, 48
Levels 189, 214
Liability 483
Licence 482
Limitation 483
Limits 238
Line 52, 326
Line Graph 310
Line Type 32 ln 396
Local Maxima/Minima 397 log 396
Log Normal Distribution 339
Log Scale 286 logarithm 360
Logarithmic 134
 M 
m 406 major 100
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Major / Minor Angles 106
Mask Data 268
Mass Number 212
Matrices 165, 210, 239
Maximum 286
Me 451
Mean Deviation 345
Means 240 measurements 52
Mess 161 meta 176 mid point 19
Minimum 286 minor 100
Modify 330 mouse 17
Moving Point Average 310, 348
Multiple Graph Types 326, 331
 N 
natural logarithm 360
Negative Binomial 353
Negative Binomial Distribution 337 network 161 networks 52
Normal 354
Normal Distribution 127, 338, 348, 349
NT 451 nth Root 243
Nuclear Chemistry 212
Nudge 41, 49 number line 132 nverse trigonometric 360
 O 
Options 189, 214
Ordered Pair 165, 209
Organic Chemistry 215
Origin 283 ortho 176
Outliers 297 overlapping 38
Ownership 483
 P 
para 176
494
parallels 19
Parametric 121, 380
Paste 49
Percentage Frequency 301, 304, 305, 307, 308,
309
Percentile 349
Percentiles 343
Perpendiculars 19, 106
Personal Use 483
Phase 178
Phenol 173 pi 396
Pie Graph 314
Piecewise Defined Function 162
Plane 399
Point 86, 326
Points 381
Points of Inflection 397
Points of intersection 19
Poisson Distribution 337
Polar 121, 134, 161, 376, 381, 383, 384
Polar Grid 292
Polyatomic Ions 179
Powers 243, 366
Prediction 349, 351
Predictions 244
Prices 454, 456 print 49
Privileges 453
Product Notation 244 properties 43, 160
 Q 
quarter point 19
Quartiles 343
Quick Graph 271
Quick Group 272
Quick Sort 273
Quick Statistics 274
Quotes 212
 R 
R 178, 215
Radians 362
Radius 69 rainbow 32, 33
Random 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help 495
Random Numbers 351, 352, 353, 354
Rank 355
Reaction 177
Reaction Arrow 212 rectangle 73
Redo 49
Reflect 39, 175, 176
Reflection 39
Registration 454, 456
Regression 310, 317, 318, 349, 351, 355, 356
Relative Frequency 301, 304, 305, 307, 308, 309
Requirement 451
Rerun formulas 270
Reset to default 189, 214
Residual 355, 356
Residuals 317, 318
Residuals Graph 317
Resonance 187
Restrictions 366 right clicking 43
Ring Structures 179 root 396
Roots 366
Rotate 175, 176
Rotating 42, 49
Round 357
Rounding 357
Row 357
 S 
Shift 23, 44, 49, 100
Sigma Notation 247
Silicon 188, 213 sin 360, 396 sinh 360, 396
Size 189, 214 sliders 43, 160
Sort 358
Sort Data 273
Spaces 164, 209, 366
Spacing 177 sqrt 396 square root 248, 360, 396
Staff Use 482, 483
Standardise 359 stanine 359
State 178
Statistics 274, 276, 278
Statistics Functions 275
Statistics View 256
Stem & Leaf Plot 321
Structures 170
Student Use 483
Subscript 170, 211
Subscripts 248
Superscript 170, 211
Symbols 248, 366
System 451
 T 
Save To Gallery 144
Scale 286
Scale  Broken 286
Scale  Equal Aspect 286
Scale  Fractions 286
Scale  Free 286
Scale  Log 286
Scale  Pi 286
Scattergraph 318
Seasonalize 310, 343
Seasonlise 357 sec 360, 396
Sectors 100
Segments 100
Select 40, 51, 160, 329
Select Mode 398
Set To Default 44, 160
Setting Defaults 44, 342 tan 360, 396
Tangent 19
Tangent Lines 437 tangential 19 tanh 360, 396
Termination 483
Text Style 189, 214 third points 19
Ticks 151, 283
Time Series 340
Time Series Data 348
Titles 267, 295
Toolbar 10, 11, 193, 194 trans 176
Transform 174, 176
Transparency 326
Triangle Graph 324 triangular numbers 359
© 2017 Efofex Software
Efofex Help
Tribonacci 359
Turning Points 397
Two Arms 375
 U 
Undo 49
Unformatted 173
Unformatted Text 212 ungroup 39, 47, 163
Uniform Distribution 338, 351
Upgrade 483
 V 
Vectors 384
Vectors  (a b) 209
Venn 129, 131
Viewing Statistics 277
 W 
Warranty 483
Windows 451
 X 
XP 451
 Y 
y = 374
 Z 
Z Score 359, 360
Zoom 157, 401, 403
496
© 2017 Efofex Software
* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project